blob: 000f3aef3efcfd9379faea21ecc1cae5faabf611 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
12 */
13
14#include "vim.h"
15#include "version.h"
16
17#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
18# include <fcntl.h> /* for chdir() */
19#endif
20
21static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
22static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000023static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
24
25/*
26 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
27 */
28 int
29get_indent()
30{
31 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
32}
33
34/*
35 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
36 */
37 int
38get_indent_lnum(lnum)
39 linenr_T lnum;
40{
41 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
42}
43
44#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
45/*
46 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
47 * "buf".
48 */
49 int
50get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
51 buf_T *buf;
52 linenr_T lnum;
53{
54 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
55}
56#endif
57
58/*
59 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
60 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
61 */
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000062 int
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000063get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
64 char_u *ptr;
65 int ts;
66{
67 int count = 0;
68
69 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
70 {
71 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
72 count += ts - (count % ts);
73 else if (*ptr == ' ')
74 ++count; /* count a space for one */
75 else
76 break;
77 }
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000078 return count;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000079}
80
81/*
82 * Set the indent of the current line.
83 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
84 * Caller must take care of undo.
85 * "flags":
86 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
87 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
88 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
89 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
90 */
91 int
92set_indent(size, flags)
93 int size;
94 int flags;
95{
96 char_u *p;
97 char_u *newline;
98 char_u *oldline;
99 char_u *s;
100 int todo;
101 int ind_len;
102 int line_len;
103 int doit = FALSE;
104 int ind_done;
105 int tab_pad;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000106 int retval = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000107
108 /*
109 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
110 * characters needed for the indent.
111 */
112 todo = size;
113 ind_len = 0;
114 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
115
116 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
117 * isn't already set */
118
119 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
121 {
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
125 {
126 ind_done = 0;
127
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
130 {
131 if (*p == TAB)
132 {
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
136 if (todo < tab_pad)
137 break;
138 todo -= tab_pad;
139 ++ind_len;
140 ind_done += tab_pad;
141 }
142 else
143 {
144 --todo;
145 ++ind_len;
146 ++ind_done;
147 }
148 ++p;
149 }
150
151 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
152 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
153 if (todo >= tab_pad)
154 {
155 doit = TRUE;
156 todo -= tab_pad;
157 ++ind_len;
158 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
159 }
160 }
161
162 /* count tabs required for indent */
163 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
164 {
165 if (*p != TAB)
166 doit = TRUE;
167 else
168 ++p;
169 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
170 ++ind_len;
171 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
172 }
173 }
174 /* count spaces required for indent */
175 while (todo > 0)
176 {
177 if (*p != ' ')
178 doit = TRUE;
179 else
180 ++p;
181 --todo;
182 ++ind_len;
183 /* ++ind_done; */
184 }
185
186 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
187 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
188 return FALSE;
189
190 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
191 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
192 p = oldline;
193 else
194 p = skipwhite(p);
195 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
196 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
197 if (newline == NULL)
198 return FALSE;
199
200 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
201 s = newline;
202 todo = size;
203 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
204 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
205 {
206 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
207 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
208 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
209 {
210 p = oldline;
211 ind_done = 0;
212
213 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
214 {
215 if (*p == TAB)
216 {
217 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
218 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
219 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
220 if (todo < tab_pad)
221 break;
222 todo -= tab_pad;
223 ind_done += tab_pad;
224 }
225 else
226 {
227 --todo;
228 ++ind_done;
229 }
230 *s++ = *p++;
231 }
232
233 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
234 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
235 if (todo >= tab_pad)
236 {
237 *s++ = TAB;
238 todo -= tab_pad;
239 }
240
241 p = skipwhite(p);
242 }
243
244 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
245 {
246 *s++ = TAB;
247 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
248 }
249 }
250 while (todo > 0)
251 {
252 *s++ = ' ';
253 --todo;
254 }
255 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
256
257 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
258 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
259 {
260 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
261 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
262 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
263 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
264 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
265 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +0000266 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000267 retval = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268 }
269 else
270 vim_free(newline);
271
272 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000273 return retval;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000274}
275
276/*
277 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
278 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
279 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
280 */
281 static int
282copy_indent(size, src)
283 int size;
284 char_u *src;
285{
286 char_u *p = NULL;
287 char_u *line = NULL;
288 char_u *s;
289 int todo;
290 int ind_len;
291 int line_len = 0;
292 int tab_pad;
293 int ind_done;
294 int round;
295
296 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
297 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
298 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
299 {
300 todo = size;
301 ind_len = 0;
302 ind_done = 0;
303 s = src;
304
305 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
306 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
307 {
308 if (*s == TAB)
309 {
310 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
311 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
312 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
313 if (todo < tab_pad)
314 break;
315 todo -= tab_pad;
316 ind_done += tab_pad;
317 }
318 else
319 {
320 --todo;
321 ++ind_done;
322 }
323 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000324 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000325 *p++ = *s;
326 ++s;
327 }
328
329 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
330 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
331 if (todo >= tab_pad)
332 {
333 todo -= tab_pad;
334 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000335 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000336 *p++ = TAB;
337 }
338
339 /* Add tabs required for indent */
340 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
341 {
342 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
343 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000344 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000345 *p++ = TAB;
346 }
347
348 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
349 while (todo > 0)
350 {
351 --todo;
352 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000353 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000354 *p++ = ' ';
355 }
356
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000357 if (p == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000358 {
359 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
360 * and the rest of the line. */
361 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
362 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
363 if (line == NULL)
364 return FALSE;
365 p = line;
366 }
367 }
368
369 /* Append the original line */
370 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
371
372 /* Replace the line */
373 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
374
375 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
376 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
377 return TRUE;
378}
379
380/*
381 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
382 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000383 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000384 */
385 int
386get_number_indent(lnum)
387 linenr_T lnum;
388{
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389 colnr_T col;
390 pos_T pos;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000391 regmmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000392
393 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
394 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000395 pos.lnum = 0;
396 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
397 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
398 {
399 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar3b56eb32005-07-11 22:40:32 +0000400 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000401 if (vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum, (colnr_T)0))
402 {
403 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
404 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
405#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
406 pos.coladd = 0;
407#endif
408 }
409 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
410 }
411
412 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000413 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000414 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
415 return (int)col;
416}
417
418#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
419
420static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
421
422/*
423 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
424 */
425 static int
426cin_is_cinword(line)
427 char_u *line;
428{
429 char_u *cinw;
430 char_u *cinw_buf;
431 int cinw_len;
432 int retval = FALSE;
433 int len;
434
435 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
436 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
437 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
438 {
439 line = skipwhite(line);
440 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
441 {
442 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
443 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
444 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
445 {
446 retval = TRUE;
447 break;
448 }
449 }
450 vim_free(cinw_buf);
451 }
452 return retval;
453}
454#endif
455
456/*
457 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
458 *
459 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
460 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
461 *
462 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
463 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
464 * new line.
465 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
466 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
467 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
468 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
469 *
470 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
471 */
472 int
473open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
474 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
475 int flags;
476 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
477{
478 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
479 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
480 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
481 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
482 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
483 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
484 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
485 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
486 int n;
487 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
488 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
489#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
490 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
491 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
492 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
493 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
494#endif
495 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
496#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
497 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
498 char_u *p;
499#endif
500 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
501#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
502 pos_T *pos;
503#endif
504#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
505 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
506# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
507 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
508# endif
509 );
510 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
511 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
512#endif
513#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
514 int vreplace_mode;
515#endif
516 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
517 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
518
519 /*
520 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
521 */
522 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
523 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
524 return FALSE;
525
526#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
527 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
528 {
529 /*
530 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
531 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
532 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
533 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
534 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
535 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
536 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
537 */
538 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
539 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
540 else
541 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
542 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
543 goto theend;
544
545 /*
546 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
547 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
548 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
549 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
550 * etc) a bit later.
551 */
552 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
553 replace_push(NUL);
554 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
555 while (*p != NUL)
556 replace_push(*p++);
557 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
558 }
559#endif
560
561 if ((State & INSERT)
562#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
563 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
564#endif
565 )
566 {
567 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
568#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
569 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
570 {
571 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
572 first_char = *p;
573 }
574#endif
575#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
576 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
577#endif
578 saved_char = *p_extra;
579 *p_extra = NUL;
580 }
581
582 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
583#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
584 did_si = FALSE;
585#endif
586 ai_col = 0;
587
588 /*
589 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
590 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
591 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
592 */
593 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
594 trunc_line = TRUE;
595
596 /*
597 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
598 * indent to use for the new line.
599 */
600 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
601#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
602 || do_si
603#endif
604 )
605 {
606 /*
607 * count white space on current line
608 */
609 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
610 if (newindent == 0)
611 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
612
613#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
614 /*
615 * Do smart indenting.
616 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
617 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
618 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
619 * "if (condition) {"
620 */
621 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
622 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
623 {
624 char_u *ptr;
625 char_u last_char;
626
627 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
628 ptr = saved_line;
629# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
630 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
631 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
632 else
633 lead_len = 0;
634# endif
635 if (dir == FORWARD)
636 {
637 /*
638 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
639 * recognised as comments.
640 */
641 if (
642# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
643 lead_len == 0 &&
644# endif
645 ptr[0] == '#')
646 {
647 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
648 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
649 newindent = get_indent();
650 }
651# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
652 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
653 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
654 else
655 lead_len = 0;
656 if (lead_len > 0)
657 {
658 /*
659 * This case gets the following right:
660 * \*
661 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
662 * *\
663 * #define IN_THE_WAY
664 * This should line up here;
665 */
666 p = skipwhite(ptr);
667 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
668 p++;
669 if (p[0] == '*')
670 {
671 for (p++; *p; p++)
672 {
673 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
674 {
675 /*
676 * End of C comment, indent should line up
677 * with the line containing the start of
678 * the comment
679 */
680 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
681 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
682 {
683 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
684 newindent = get_indent();
685 }
686 }
687 }
688 }
689 }
690 else /* Not a comment line */
691# endif
692 {
693 /* Find last non-blank in line */
694 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
695 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
696 --p;
697 last_char = *p;
698
699 /*
700 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
701 */
702 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
703 {
704 if (p > ptr)
705 --p;
706 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
707 --p;
708 }
709 /*
710 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
711 * lines. eg:
712 * if (condition &&
713 * condition) {
714 * Should line up here!
715 * }
716 */
717 if (*p == ')')
718 {
719 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
720 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
721 {
722 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
723 newindent = get_indent();
724 ptr = ml_get_curline();
725 }
726 }
727 /*
728 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
729 * checking for "if" and the like.
730 */
731 if (last_char == '{')
732 {
733 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
734 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
735 }
736 /*
737 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
738 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
739 * '}'.
740 */
741 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
742 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
743 did_si = TRUE;
744 }
745 }
746 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
747 {
748 /*
749 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
750 * recognised as comments.
751 */
752 if (
753# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
754 lead_len == 0 &&
755# endif
756 ptr[0] == '#')
757 {
758 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
759
760 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
761 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
762 {
763 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
764 was_backslashed = TRUE;
765 else
766 was_backslashed = FALSE;
767 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
768 }
769 if (was_backslashed)
770 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
771 else
772 newindent = get_indent();
773 }
774 p = skipwhite(ptr);
775 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
776 did_si = TRUE;
777 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
778 can_si_back = TRUE;
779 }
780 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
781 }
782 if (do_si)
783 can_si = TRUE;
784#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
785
786 did_ai = TRUE;
787 }
788
789#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
790 /*
791 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
792 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
793 */
794 end_comment_pending = NUL;
795 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
796 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
797 else
798 lead_len = 0;
799 if (lead_len > 0)
800 {
801 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
802 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
803 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
804 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
805 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
806 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
807 int current_flag;
808 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
809 char_u *p2;
810
811 /*
812 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
813 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
814 */
815 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
816 {
817 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
818 {
819 require_blank = TRUE;
820 continue;
821 }
822 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
823 {
824 current_flag = *p;
825 if (*p == COM_START)
826 {
827 /*
828 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
829 */
830 if (dir == BACKWARD)
831 {
832 lead_len = 0;
833 break;
834 }
835
836 /* find start of middle part */
837 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
838 require_blank = FALSE;
839 }
840
841 /*
842 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
843 */
844 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
845 {
846 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
847 require_blank = TRUE;
848 ++p;
849 }
850 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
851
852 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
853 {
854 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
855 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
856 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
857 ++p;
858 }
859 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
860
861 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
862 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
863
864 /*
865 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
866 * the comment leader.
867 */
868 if (dir == FORWARD)
869 {
870 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
871 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
872 {
873 comment_end = p;
874 lead_len = 0;
875 break;
876 }
877 }
878
879 /*
880 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
881 */
882 if (lead_len > 0)
883 {
884 if (current_flag == COM_START)
885 {
886 lead_repl = lead_middle;
887 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
888 }
889
890 /*
891 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
892 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
893 * comment leader on the next line.
894 */
895 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
896 && ((p_extra != NULL
897 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
898 || (p_extra == NULL
899 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
900 || require_blank))
901 extra_space = TRUE;
902 }
903 break;
904 }
905 if (*p == COM_END)
906 {
907 /*
908 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
909 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
910 * start (for C-comments).
911 */
912 if (dir == FORWARD)
913 {
914 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
915 lead_len = 0;
916 break;
917 }
918
919 /*
920 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
921 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
922 */
923 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
924 --p;
925 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
926 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
927 ;
928 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
929
930 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
931 * the comment-end */
932 extra_space = TRUE;
933
934 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
935 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
936 {
937 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
938 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
939 }
940 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
941 {
942 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
943 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
944 p2++;
945 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
946 }
947 break;
948 }
949 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
950 {
951 /*
952 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
953 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
954 */
955 if (dir == BACKWARD)
956 lead_len = 0;
957 else
958 {
959 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
960 lead_repl_len = 0;
961 }
962 break;
963 }
964 }
965 if (lead_len)
966 {
967 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
968 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
969 extra_len + 1);
970 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
971
972 if (leader == NULL)
973 lead_len = 0;
974 else
975 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +0000976 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000977
978 /*
979 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
980 */
981 if (lead_repl != NULL)
982 {
983 int c = 0;
984 int off = 0;
985
986 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
987 {
988 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
989 c = *p;
990 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
991 off = getdigits(&p);
992 }
993 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
994 {
995 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
996 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
997 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
998 ;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000999 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001000
1001#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1002 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1003 * screen characters, not bytes. */
1004 {
1005 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1006 lead_repl_len);
1007 int old_size = 0;
1008 char_u *endp = p;
1009 int l;
1010
1011 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
1012 {
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001013 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001014 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
1015 }
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00001016 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001017 if (l != 0)
1018 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
1019 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
1020 lead_len += l;
1021 }
1022#else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001023 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
1024 p = leader;
1025 else
1026 p -= lead_repl_len;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001027#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001028 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1029 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
1030 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
1031
1032 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
1033 while (--p >= leader)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001034 {
1035#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1036 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
1037
1038 if (l > 1)
1039 {
1040 p -= l;
1041 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1042 {
1043 p[1] = ' ';
1044 --l;
1045 }
1046 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
1047 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
1048 lead_len -= l;
1049 *p = ' ';
1050 }
1051 else
1052#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001053 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1054 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001055 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001056 }
1057 else /* left adjusted leader */
1058 {
1059 p = skipwhite(leader);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001060#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1061 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1062 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
1063 * not to be overwritten. */
1064 {
1065 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1066 lead_repl_len);
1067 int i;
1068 int l;
1069
1070 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
1071 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001072 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001073 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
1074 break;
1075 }
1076 if (i != lead_repl_len)
1077 {
1078 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
1079 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (leader - p)));
1080 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
1081 }
1082 }
1083#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001084 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1085
1086 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
1087 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
1088 * remain the same. */
1089 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
1090 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1091 {
1092 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
1093 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
1094 {
1095 --lead_len;
1096 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
1097 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1098 }
1099 else
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001100 {
1101#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001102 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001103
1104 if (l > 1)
1105 {
1106 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1107 {
1108 /* Replace a double-wide char with
1109 * two spaces */
1110 --l;
1111 *p++ = ' ';
1112 }
1113 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
1114 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1115 lead_len -= l - 1;
1116 }
1117#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001118 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001119 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001120 }
1121 *p = NUL;
1122 }
1123
1124 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
1125 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
1126#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1127 || do_si
1128#endif
1129 )
1130 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
1131
1132 /* Add the indent offset */
1133 if (newindent + off < 0)
1134 {
1135 off = -newindent;
1136 newindent = 0;
1137 }
1138 else
1139 newindent += off;
1140
1141 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
1142 * alignment remains equal. */
1143 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
1144 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
1145 {
1146 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
1147 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
1148 break;
1149 --lead_len;
1150 --off;
1151 }
1152
1153 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
1154 * extra space */
1155 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
1156 extra_space = FALSE;
1157 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1158 }
1159
1160 if (extra_space)
1161 {
1162 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
1163 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1164 }
1165
1166 newcol = lead_len;
1167
1168 /*
1169 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
1170 * is in the comment leader
1171 */
1172 if (newindent
1173#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1174 || did_si
1175#endif
1176 )
1177 {
1178 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
1179 {
1180 --lead_len;
1181 --newcol;
1182 ++leader;
1183 }
1184 }
1185
1186 }
1187#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1188 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
1189#endif
1190 }
1191 else if (comment_end != NULL)
1192 {
1193 /*
1194 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
1195 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
1196 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
1197 * comment.
1198 */
1199 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
1200 (curbuf->b_p_ai
1201#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1202 || do_si
1203#endif
1204 ))
1205 {
1206 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1207 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
1208 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
1209 {
1210 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
1211 newindent = get_indent();
1212 }
1213 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1214 }
1215 }
1216 }
1217#endif
1218
1219 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
1220 if (p_extra != NULL)
1221 {
1222 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
1223
1224 /*
1225 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
1226 * non-blank.
1227 *
1228 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
1229 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
1230 */
1231 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1232 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
1233 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
1234 {
1235 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
1236#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1237 && (!enc_utf8
1238 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
1239#endif
1240 )
1241 {
1242 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1243 replace_push(*p_extra);
1244 ++p_extra;
1245 ++less_cols_off;
1246 }
1247 }
1248 if (*p_extra != NUL)
1249 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
1250
1251 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
1252 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
1253 }
1254
1255 if (p_extra == NULL)
1256 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
1257
1258#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1259 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
1260 if (lead_len)
1261 {
1262 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
1263 p_extra = leader;
1264 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
1265 less_cols -= lead_len;
1266 }
1267 else
1268 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
1269#endif
1270
1271 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1272 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1273 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1274#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1275 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
1276#endif
1277 {
1278 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
1279 == FAIL)
1280 goto theend;
1281 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
1282 * with markers. */
1283 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
1284 did_append = TRUE;
1285 }
1286#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1287 else
1288 {
1289 /*
1290 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
1291 */
1292 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
1293 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
1294 {
1295 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
1296 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
1297 */
1298 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
1299 vr_lines_changed++;
1300 }
1301 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
1302 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
1303 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
1304 did_append = FALSE;
1305 }
1306#endif
1307
1308 if (newindent
1309#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1310 || did_si
1311#endif
1312 )
1313 {
1314 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1315#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1316 if (did_si)
1317 {
1318 if (p_sr)
1319 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1320 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1321 }
1322#endif
1323 /* Copy the indent only if expand tab is disabled */
1324 if (curbuf->b_p_ci && !curbuf->b_p_et)
1325 {
1326 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
1327
1328 /*
1329 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
1330 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
1331 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
1332 */
1333 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
1334 }
1335 else
1336 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
1337 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1338
1339 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1340
1341 /*
1342 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
1343 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
1344 */
1345 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1346 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
1347 replace_push(NUL);
1348 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1349#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1350 if (no_si)
1351 did_si = FALSE;
1352#endif
1353 }
1354
1355#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1356 /*
1357 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
1358 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
1359 */
1360 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1361 while (lead_len-- > 0)
1362 replace_push(NUL);
1363#endif
1364
1365 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1366
1367 if (dir == FORWARD)
1368 {
1369 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
1370 {
1371 /* truncate current line at cursor */
1372 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1373 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
1374 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
1375 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
1376 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
1377 saved_line = NULL;
1378 if (did_append)
1379 {
1380 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
1381 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
1382 did_append = FALSE;
1383
1384 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
1385 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
1386 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1387 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
1388 1L, (long)-less_cols);
1389 }
1390 else
1391 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
1392 }
1393
1394 /*
1395 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
1396 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
1397 */
1398 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
1399 }
1400 if (did_append)
1401 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
1402
1403 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
1404#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1405 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1406#endif
1407
1408#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1409 /*
1410 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
1411 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
1412 * normal INSERT mode.
1413 */
1414 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1415 {
1416 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
1417 State = INSERT;
1418 }
1419 else
1420 vreplace_mode = 0;
1421#endif
1422#ifdef FEAT_LISP
1423 /*
1424 * May do lisp indenting.
1425 */
1426 if (!p_paste
1427# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1428 && leader == NULL
1429# endif
1430 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
1431 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
1432 {
1433 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
1434 p = ml_get_curline();
1435 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1436 }
1437#endif
1438#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1439 /*
1440 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
1441 */
1442 if (!p_paste
1443 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
1444# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1445 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
1446# endif
1447 )
1448 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
1449 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
1450 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
1451 {
1452 do_c_expr_indent();
1453 p = ml_get_curline();
1454 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1455 }
1456#endif
1457#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1458 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
1459 State = vreplace_mode;
1460#endif
1461
1462#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1463 /*
1464 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
1465 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
1466 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
1467 */
1468 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1469 {
1470 /* Put new line in p_extra */
1471 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1472 if (p_extra == NULL)
1473 goto theend;
1474
1475 /* Put back original line */
1476 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
1477
1478 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1479 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1480#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1481 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1482#endif
1483 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
1484 vim_free(p_extra);
1485 next_line = NULL;
1486 }
1487#endif
1488
1489 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
1490theend:
1491 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
1492 vim_free(saved_line);
1493 vim_free(next_line);
1494 vim_free(allocated);
1495 return retval;
1496}
1497
1498#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1499/*
1500 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
1501 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
1502 * returned.
1503 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
1504 * comment leader.
1505 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
1506 */
1507 int
1508get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
1509 char_u *line;
1510 char_u **flags;
1511 int backward;
1512{
1513 int i, j;
1514 int got_com = FALSE;
1515 int found_one;
1516 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
1517 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
1518 char_u *list;
1519
1520 i = 0;
1521 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
1522 ++i;
1523
1524 /*
1525 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
1526 */
1527 while (line[i])
1528 {
1529 /*
1530 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
1531 */
1532 found_one = FALSE;
1533 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
1534 {
1535 /*
1536 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
1537 * put string at start of string.
1538 */
1539 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
1540 *flags = list;
1541 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
1542 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
1543 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
1544 continue;
1545 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
1546
1547 /*
1548 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
1549 * nested comments.
1550 */
1551 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1552 continue;
1553
1554 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
1555 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
1556 continue;
1557
1558 /*
1559 * Line contents and string must match.
1560 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
1561 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
1562 * TABs and spaces).
1563 */
1564 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1565 {
1566 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
1567 continue;
1568 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1569 ++string;
1570 }
1571 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
1572 ;
1573 if (string[j] != NUL)
1574 continue;
1575
1576 /*
1577 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
1578 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
1579 */
1580 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
1581 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
1582 continue;
1583
1584 /*
1585 * We have found a match, stop searching.
1586 */
1587 i += j;
1588 got_com = TRUE;
1589 found_one = TRUE;
1590 break;
1591 }
1592
1593 /*
1594 * No match found, stop scanning.
1595 */
1596 if (!found_one)
1597 break;
1598
1599 /*
1600 * Include any trailing white space.
1601 */
1602 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
1603 ++i;
1604
1605 /*
1606 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
1607 */
1608 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1609 break;
1610 }
1611 return (got_com ? i : 0);
1612}
1613#endif
1614
1615/*
1616 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
1617 */
1618 int
1619plines(lnum)
1620 linenr_T lnum;
1621{
1622 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1623}
1624
1625 int
1626plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
1627 win_T *wp;
1628 linenr_T lnum;
1629 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1630{
1631#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
1632 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1633 * is one line anyway. */
1634 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1635}
1636
1637 int
1638plines_nofill(lnum)
1639 linenr_T lnum;
1640{
1641 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1642}
1643
1644 int
1645plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
1646 win_T *wp;
1647 linenr_T lnum;
1648 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1649{
1650#endif
1651 int lines;
1652
1653 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1654 return 1;
1655
1656#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1657 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1658 return 1;
1659#endif
1660
1661#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1662 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
1663 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
1664 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
1665 return 1;
1666#endif
1667
1668 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
1669 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
1670 return (int)wp->w_height;
1671 return lines;
1672}
1673
1674/*
1675 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
1676 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
1677 */
1678 int
1679plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
1680 win_T *wp;
1681 linenr_T lnum;
1682{
1683 char_u *s;
1684 long col;
1685 int width;
1686
1687 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1688 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
1689 return 1;
1690 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1691
1692 /*
1693 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
1694 * extra column.
1695 */
1696 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
1697 col += 1;
1698
1699 /*
1700 * Add column offset for 'number' and 'foldcolumn'.
1701 */
1702 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1703 if (width <= 0)
1704 return 32000;
1705 if (col <= width)
1706 return 1;
1707 col -= width;
1708 width += win_col_off2(wp);
1709 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
1710}
1711
1712/*
1713 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
1714 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
1715 */
1716 int
1717plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
1718 win_T *wp;
1719 linenr_T lnum;
1720 long column;
1721{
1722 long col;
1723 char_u *s;
1724 int lines = 0;
1725 int width;
1726
1727#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1728 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1729 * is one line anyway. */
1730 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1731#endif
1732
1733 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1734 return lines + 1;
1735
1736#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1737 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1738 return lines + 1;
1739#endif
1740
1741 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1742
1743 col = 0;
1744 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
1745 {
1746 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001747 mb_ptr_adv(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001748 }
1749
1750 /*
1751 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
1752 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
1753 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
1754 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
1755 * 'ts') -- webb.
1756 */
1757 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
1758 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
1759
1760 /*
1761 * Add column offset for 'number', 'foldcolumn', etc.
1762 */
1763 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
Bram Moolenaar26470632006-10-24 19:12:40 +00001764 if (width <= 0)
1765 return 9999;
1766
1767 lines += 1;
1768 if (col > width)
1769 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1;
1770 return lines;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001771}
1772
1773 int
1774plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
1775 win_T *wp;
1776 linenr_T first, last;
1777{
1778 int count = 0;
1779
1780 while (first <= last)
1781 {
1782#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1783 int x;
1784
1785 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
1786 * that are maybe folded. */
1787 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
1788 if (x > 0)
1789 {
1790 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
1791 first += x;
1792 }
1793 else
1794#endif
1795 {
1796#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1797 if (first == wp->w_topline)
1798 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
1799 else
1800#endif
1801 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
1802 ++first;
1803 }
1804 }
1805 return (count);
1806}
1807
1808#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1809/*
1810 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
1811 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1812 */
1813 void
1814ins_bytes(p)
1815 char_u *p;
1816{
1817 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
1818}
1819#endif
1820
1821#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1822 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1823/*
1824 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
1825 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1826 */
1827 void
1828ins_bytes_len(p, len)
1829 char_u *p;
1830 int len;
1831{
1832 int i;
1833# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1834 int n;
1835
1836 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
1837 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001838 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001839 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
1840 }
1841# else
1842 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1843 ins_char(p[i]);
1844# endif
1845}
1846#endif
1847
1848/*
1849 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
1850 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
1851 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
1852 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
1853 * convert bytes to a character.
1854 */
1855 void
1856ins_char(c)
1857 int c;
1858{
1859#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1860 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
1861 int n;
1862
1863 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
1864
1865 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
1866 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
1867 if (buf[0] == 0)
1868 buf[0] = '\n';
1869
1870 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
1871}
1872
1873 void
1874ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
1875 char_u *buf;
1876 int charlen;
1877{
1878 int c = buf[0];
1879 int l, j;
1880#endif
1881 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
1882 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
1883 char_u *p;
1884 char_u *newp;
1885 char_u *oldp;
1886 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
1887 colnr_T col;
1888 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1889 int i;
1890
1891#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1892 /* Break tabs if needed. */
1893 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
1894 coladvance_force(getviscol());
1895#endif
1896
1897 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1898 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
1899 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
1900
1901 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
1902 oldlen = 0;
1903#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1904 newlen = charlen;
1905#else
1906 newlen = 1;
1907#endif
1908
1909 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1910 {
1911#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1912 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1913 {
1914 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
1915 colnr_T vcol;
1916 int old_list;
1917#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1918 char_u buf[2];
1919#endif
1920
1921 /*
1922 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
1923 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
1924 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
1925 */
1926 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1927 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
1928 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1929
1930 /*
1931 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
1932 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
1933 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
1934 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
1935 */
1936 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
1937#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1938 buf[0] = c;
1939 buf[1] = NUL;
1940#endif
1941 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
1942 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
1943 {
1944 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
1945 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
1946 * position. */
1947 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
1948 break;
1949#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001950 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001951#else
1952 ++oldlen;
1953#endif
1954 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
1955 if (vcol > new_vcol)
1956 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
1957 }
1958 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
1959 }
1960 else
1961#endif
1962 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
1963 {
1964 /* normal replace */
1965#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001966 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001967#else
1968 oldlen = 1;
1969#endif
1970 }
1971
1972
1973 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
1974 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
1975 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
1976 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
1977 replace_push(NUL);
1978 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
1979 {
1980#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001981 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + i) - 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001982 for (j = l; j >= 0; --j)
1983 replace_push(oldp[col + i + j]);
1984 i += l;
1985#else
1986 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
1987#endif
1988 }
1989 }
1990
1991 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
1992 if (newp == NULL)
1993 return;
1994
1995 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
1996 if (col > 0)
1997 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
1998
1999 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
2000 p = newp + col;
2001 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
2002 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
2003
2004 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
2005#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2006 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
2007 i = charlen;
2008#else
2009 *p = c;
2010 i = 1;
2011#endif
2012
2013 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
2014 while (i < newlen)
2015 p[i++] = ' ';
2016
2017 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
2018 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2019
2020 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2021 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2022
2023 /*
2024 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
2025 * show the match for right parens and braces.
2026 */
2027 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
2028 && msg_silent == 0
2029#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2030 && charlen == 1
2031#endif
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00002032#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
2033 && !ins_compl_active()
2034#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002035 )
2036 showmatch(c);
2037
2038#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2039 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2040#endif
2041 {
2042 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
2043#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2044 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
2045#else
2046 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
2047#endif
2048 }
2049 /*
2050 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
2051 */
2052}
2053
2054/*
2055 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
2056 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
2057 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2058 */
2059 void
2060ins_str(s)
2061 char_u *s;
2062{
2063 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2064 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
2065 int oldlen;
2066 colnr_T col;
2067 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2068
2069#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2070 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
2071 coladvance_force(getviscol());
2072#endif
2073
2074 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2075 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2076 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2077
2078 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
2079 if (newp == NULL)
2080 return;
2081 if (col > 0)
2082 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2083 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
2084 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
2085 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2086 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2087 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
2088}
2089
2090/*
2091 * Delete one character under the cursor.
2092 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2093 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2094 *
2095 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2096 */
2097 int
2098del_char(fixpos)
2099 int fixpos;
2100{
2101#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2102 if (has_mbyte)
2103 {
2104 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
2105 mb_adjust_cursor();
2106 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
2107 return FAIL;
2108 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
2109 }
2110#endif
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002111 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002112}
2113
2114#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
2115/*
2116 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
2117 */
2118 int
2119del_chars(count, fixpos)
2120 long count;
2121 int fixpos;
2122{
2123 long bytes = 0;
2124 long i;
2125 char_u *p;
2126 int l;
2127
2128 p = ml_get_cursor();
2129 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
2130 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002131 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002132 bytes += l;
2133 p += l;
2134 }
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002135 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002136}
2137#endif
2138
2139/*
2140 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
2141 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2142 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2143 *
2144 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2145 */
Bram Moolenaara9b1e742005-12-19 22:14:58 +00002146/*ARGSUSED*/
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002147 int
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002148del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002149 long count;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002150 int fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002151 int use_delcombine; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002152{
2153 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2154 colnr_T oldlen;
2155 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2156 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2157 int was_alloced;
2158 long movelen;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002159 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002160
2161 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2162 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2163
2164 /*
2165 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
2166 */
2167 if (col >= oldlen)
2168 return FAIL;
2169
2170#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2171 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
2172 * delete the last combining character. */
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002173 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
2174 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002175 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002176 int cc[MAX_MCO];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002177 int n;
2178
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002179 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
2180 if (cc[0] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002181 {
2182 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
2183 n = col;
2184 do
2185 {
2186 col = n;
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002187 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002188 n += count;
2189 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
2190 fixpos = 0;
2191 }
2192 }
2193#endif
2194
2195 /*
2196 * When count is too big, reduce it.
2197 */
2198 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
2199 if (movelen <= 1)
2200 {
2201 /*
2202 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002203 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
2204 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002205 */
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002206 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
2207#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2208 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
2209#endif
2210 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002211 {
2212 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2213#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2214 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
2215#endif
2216#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2217 if (has_mbyte)
2218 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
2219 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
2220#endif
2221 }
2222 count = oldlen - col;
2223 movelen = 1;
2224 }
2225
2226 /*
2227 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
2228 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
2229 */
2230 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
2231#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2232 if (was_alloced && usingNetbeans)
2233 netbeans_removed(curbuf, lnum, col, count);
2234 /* else is handled by ml_replace() */
2235#endif
2236 if (was_alloced)
2237 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
2238 else
2239 { /* need to allocate a new line */
2240 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
2241 if (newp == NULL)
2242 return FAIL;
2243 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2244 }
2245 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
2246 if (!was_alloced)
2247 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2248
2249 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2250 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2251
2252 return OK;
2253}
2254
2255/*
2256 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
2257 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2258 *
2259 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2260 */
2261 int
2262truncate_line(fixpos)
2263 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
2264{
2265 char_u *newp;
2266 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2267 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2268
2269 if (col == 0)
2270 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
2271 else
2272 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
2273
2274 if (newp == NULL)
2275 return FAIL;
2276
2277 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2278
2279 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2280 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2281
2282 /*
2283 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
2284 */
2285 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
2286 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2287
2288 return OK;
2289}
2290
2291/*
2292 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
2293 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
2294 */
2295 void
2296del_lines(nlines, undo)
2297 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
2298 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
2299{
2300 long n;
2301
2302 if (nlines <= 0)
2303 return;
2304
2305 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
2306 if (undo && u_savedel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nlines) == FAIL)
2307 return;
2308
2309 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
2310 {
2311 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
2312 break;
2313
2314 ml_delete(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE);
2315 ++n;
2316
2317 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
2318 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
2319 break;
2320 }
2321 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2322 deleted_lines_mark(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, n);
2323
2324 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2325 check_cursor_lnum();
2326}
2327
2328 int
2329gchar_pos(pos)
2330 pos_T *pos;
2331{
2332 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
2333
2334#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2335 if (has_mbyte)
2336 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
2337#endif
2338 return (int)*ptr;
2339}
2340
2341 int
2342gchar_cursor()
2343{
2344#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2345 if (has_mbyte)
2346 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
2347#endif
2348 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
2349}
2350
2351/*
2352 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
2353 * It is directly written into the block.
2354 */
2355 void
2356pchar_cursor(c)
2357 int c;
2358{
2359 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
2360 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
2361}
2362
2363#if 0 /* not used */
2364/*
2365 * Put *pos at end of current buffer
2366 */
2367 void
2368goto_endofbuf(pos)
2369 pos_T *pos;
2370{
2371 char_u *p;
2372
2373 pos->lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
2374 pos->col = 0;
2375 p = ml_get(pos->lnum);
2376 while (*p++)
2377 ++pos->col;
2378}
2379#endif
2380
2381/*
2382 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
2383 * non-blank in the line.
2384 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
2385 * the line.
2386 */
2387 int
2388inindent(extra)
2389 int extra;
2390{
2391 char_u *ptr;
2392 colnr_T col;
2393
2394 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
2395 ++ptr;
2396 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
2397 return TRUE;
2398 else
2399 return FALSE;
2400}
2401
2402/*
2403 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
2404 */
2405 char_u *
2406skip_to_option_part(p)
2407 char_u *p;
2408{
2409 if (*p == ',')
2410 ++p;
2411 while (*p == ' ')
2412 ++p;
2413 return p;
2414}
2415
2416/*
2417 * changed() is called when something in the current buffer is changed.
2418 *
2419 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
2420 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
2421 */
2422 void
2423changed()
2424{
2425#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2426 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
2427 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
2428 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
2429 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
2430 return;
2431 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
2432#endif
2433
2434 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
2435 {
2436 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
2437
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002438 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
2439 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002440 change_warning(0);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002441
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002442 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
2443 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
2444 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
2445#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
2446 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
2447#endif
2448 )
2449 {
2450 ml_open_file(curbuf);
2451
2452 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
2453 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
2454 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
2455 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
2456 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
2457 {
2458 out_flush();
2459 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
2460 wait_return(TRUE);
2461 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
2462 }
2463 }
2464 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002465 ml_setflags(curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002466#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2467 check_status(curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002468 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002469#endif
2470#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2471 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2472#endif
2473 }
2474 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002475}
2476
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002477static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
2478static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002479static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
2480
2481/*
2482 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
2483 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2484 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
2485 * - invalidates cached values
2486 */
2487 void
2488changed_bytes(lnum, col)
2489 linenr_T lnum;
2490 colnr_T col;
2491{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002492 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002493 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002494
2495#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2496 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
2497 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
2498 {
2499 win_T *wp;
2500 linenr_T wlnum;
2501
2502 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2503 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2504 {
2505 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2506 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2507 if (wlnum > 0)
2508 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
2509 }
2510 }
2511#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002512}
2513
2514 static void
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002515changedOneline(buf, lnum)
2516 buf_T *buf;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002517 linenr_T lnum;
2518{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002519 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002520 {
2521 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002522 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2523 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2524 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
2525 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002526 }
2527 else
2528 {
2529 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002530 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2531 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2532 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
2533 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002534 }
2535}
2536
2537/*
2538 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2539 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2540 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2541 */
2542 void
2543appended_lines(lnum, count)
2544 linenr_T lnum;
2545 long count;
2546{
2547 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2548}
2549
2550/*
2551 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2552 */
2553 void
2554appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2555 linenr_T lnum;
2556 long count;
2557{
2558 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
2559 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2560}
2561
2562/*
2563 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2564 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2565 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2566 */
2567 void
2568deleted_lines(lnum, count)
2569 linenr_T lnum;
2570 long count;
2571{
2572 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2573}
2574
2575/*
2576 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2577 */
2578 void
2579deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2580 linenr_T lnum;
2581 long count;
2582{
2583 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
2584 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2585}
2586
2587/*
2588 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
2589 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2590 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
2591 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2592 * - invalidate cached values
2593 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
2594 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
2595 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
2596 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
2597 */
2598 void
2599changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2600 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2601 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
2602 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2603 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2604{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002605 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
2606
2607#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2608 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
2609 {
2610 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
2611 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
2612 * displaying. */
2613 win_T *wp;
2614 linenr_T wlnum;
2615
2616 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2617 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2618 {
2619 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2620 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2621 if (wlnum > 0)
2622 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
2623 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
2624 }
2625 }
2626#endif
2627
2628 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
2629}
2630
2631 static void
2632changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
2633 buf_T *buf;
2634 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2635 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2636 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2637{
2638 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002639 {
2640 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002641 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2642 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2643 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002644 {
2645 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002646 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
2647 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
2648 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002649 }
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002650 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
2651 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2652 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002653 }
2654 else
2655 {
2656 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002657 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2658 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2659 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2660 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002661 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002662}
2663
2664 static void
2665changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2666 linenr_T lnum;
2667 colnr_T col;
2668 linenr_T lnume;
2669 long xtra;
2670{
2671 win_T *wp;
2672 int i;
2673#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2674 int cols;
2675 pos_T *p;
2676 int add;
2677#endif
2678
2679 /* mark the buffer as modified */
2680 changed();
2681
2682 /* set the '. mark */
2683 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
2684 {
2685 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
2686 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
2687
2688#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2689 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
2690 * don't have an entry yet. */
2691 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2692 {
2693 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2694 add = TRUE;
2695 else
2696 {
2697 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
2698 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
2699 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
2700 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
2701 if (p->lnum != lnum)
2702 add = TRUE;
2703 else
2704 {
2705 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
2706 if (cols == 0)
2707 cols = 79;
2708 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
2709 }
2710 }
2711 if (add)
2712 {
2713 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
2714 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
2715 * position in the changelist. */
2716 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
2717
2718 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
2719 {
2720 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
2721 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
2722 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
2723 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
2724 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2725 {
2726 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
2727 * this buffer. */
2728 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
2729 --wp->w_changelistidx;
2730 }
2731 }
2732 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2733 {
2734 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
2735 * at the end it stays at the end. */
2736 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
2737 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
2738 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
2739 }
2740 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2741 }
2742 }
2743 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
2744 curbuf->b_last_change;
2745 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
2746 * takes you back to it. */
2747 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2748#endif
2749 }
2750
2751 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2752 {
2753 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
2754 {
2755 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
2756 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
2757 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
2758
2759 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
2760 * values for the cursor. */
2761#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2762 /*
2763 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
2764 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
2765 */
2766 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
2767
2768 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
2769 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
2770 * might be displayed differently.
2771 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
2772 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
2773 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
2774 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
2775 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2776 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
2777 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
2778 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2779
2780 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
2781 * compare with the first line in that range. */
2782 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
2783 {
2784 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
2785 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
2786 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2787 }
2788#endif
2789
2790 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
2791 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2792 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
2793 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
2794 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
2795 {
2796 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
2797 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
2798 approximate_botline_win(wp);
2799 }
2800
2801 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
2802 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
2803 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
2804 * after the change. */
2805 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
2806 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
2807 {
2808 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
2809 {
2810 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
2811 {
2812 /* line included in change */
2813 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2814 }
2815 else if (xtra != 0)
2816 {
2817 /* line below change */
2818 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
2819#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2820 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
2821#endif
2822 }
2823 }
2824#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2825 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
2826 {
2827 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
2828 * may need to be redrawn */
2829 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2830 }
2831#endif
2832 }
2833 }
2834 }
2835
2836 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
2837 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
2838 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2839 must_redraw = VALID;
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002840
2841#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2842 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
Bram Moolenaare163f1c2006-10-17 09:12:21 +00002843 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2844 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002845 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
2846#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002847}
2848
2849/*
2850 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
2851 */
2852 void
2853unchanged(buf, ff)
2854 buf_T *buf;
2855 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
2856{
2857 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
2858 {
2859 buf->b_changed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002860 ml_setflags(buf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002861 if (ff)
2862 save_file_ff(buf);
2863#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2864 check_status(buf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002865 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002866#endif
2867#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2868 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2869#endif
2870 }
2871 ++buf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002872#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2873 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
2874#endif
2875}
2876
2877#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
2878/*
2879 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
2880 * need to be updated
2881 */
2882 void
2883check_status(buf)
2884 buf_T *buf;
2885{
2886 win_T *wp;
2887
2888 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2889 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
2890 {
2891 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
2892 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2893 must_redraw = VALID;
2894 }
2895}
2896#endif
2897
2898/*
2899 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
2900 * Don't do this for autocommands.
2901 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00002902 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002903 * will be TRUE.
2904 */
2905 void
2906change_warning(col)
2907 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
2908 mode and 'showmode' is on */
2909{
2910 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
2911 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
2912#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2913 && !autocmd_busy
2914#endif
2915 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
2916 {
2917#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002918 ++curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002919 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002920 --curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002921 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
2922 return;
2923#endif
2924 /*
2925 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
2926 * be after the mode message.
2927 */
2928 msg_start();
2929 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
2930 msg_col = col;
Bram Moolenaar2df6dcc2004-07-12 15:53:54 +00002931 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002932 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"),
2933 hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
2934 msg_clr_eos();
2935 (void)msg_end();
2936 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
2937 {
2938 out_flush();
2939 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
2940 }
2941 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
2942 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
2943 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
2944 showmode();
2945 }
2946}
2947
2948/*
2949 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
2950 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
2951 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
2952 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
2953 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
2954 *
2955 * return the 'y' or 'n'
2956 */
2957 int
2958ask_yesno(str, direct)
2959 char_u *str;
2960 int direct;
2961{
2962 int r = ' ';
2963 int save_State = State;
2964
2965 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
2966 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
2967 ++no_wait_return;
2968#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
2969 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
2970#endif
2971 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
2972#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
2973 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
2974#endif
2975 ++no_mapping;
2976 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
2977
2978 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
2979 {
2980 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
2981 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
2982 if (direct)
2983 r = get_keystroke();
2984 else
2985 r = safe_vgetc();
2986 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
2987 r = 'n';
2988 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
2989 out_flush();
2990 }
2991 --no_wait_return;
2992 State = save_State;
2993#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
2994 setmouse();
2995#endif
2996 --no_mapping;
2997 --allow_keys;
2998
2999 return r;
3000}
3001
3002/*
3003 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
3004 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
3005 * button (used at the more prompt).
3006 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
3007 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
3008 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
3009 */
3010 int
3011get_keystroke()
3012{
3013#define CBUFLEN 151
3014 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
3015 int len = 0;
3016 int n;
3017 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003018 int waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003019
3020 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
3021 for (;;)
3022 {
3023 cursor_on();
3024 out_flush();
3025
3026 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
3027 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
3028 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
3029 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
3030 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
3031 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
3032 if (n > 0)
3033 {
3034 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
3035 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
3036 len += n;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003037 waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003038 }
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003039 else if (len > 0)
3040 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003041
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003042 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
3043 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0
3044 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003045 continue;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003046
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003047 /* found a termcode: adjust length */
3048 if (n > 0)
3049 len = n;
3050 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
3051 continue;
3052
3053 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
3054 n = buf[0];
3055 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
3056 {
3057 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
3058 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
3059 || n == K_IGNORE
3060#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3061 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
3062 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
3063 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
3064 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
3065 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
3066 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
3067 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
3068 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
3069 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
3070 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
3071 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
3072 || n == K_MOUSEUP
3073 || n == K_X1MOUSE
3074 || n == K_X1DRAG
3075 || n == K_X1RELEASE
3076 || n == K_X2MOUSE
3077 || n == K_X2DRAG
3078 || n == K_X2RELEASE
3079# ifdef FEAT_GUI
3080 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3081 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
3082# endif
3083#endif
3084 )
3085 {
3086 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
3087 mod_mask = buf[2];
3088 len -= 3;
3089 if (len > 0)
3090 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
3091 continue;
3092 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003093 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003094 }
3095#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3096 if (has_mbyte)
3097 {
3098 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
3099 continue; /* more bytes to get */
3100 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
3101 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
3102 }
3103#endif
3104#ifdef UNIX
3105 if (n == intr_char)
3106 n = ESC;
3107#endif
3108 break;
3109 }
3110
3111 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
3112 return n;
3113}
3114
3115/*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003116 * Get a number from the user.
3117 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003118 */
3119 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003120get_number(colon, mouse_used)
3121 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
3122 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003123{
3124 int n = 0;
3125 int c;
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003126 int typed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003127
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003128 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3129 *mouse_used = FALSE;
3130
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003131 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
3132 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
3133 if (msg_silent != 0)
3134 return 0;
3135
3136#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3137 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3138#endif
3139 ++no_mapping;
3140 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3141 for (;;)
3142 {
3143 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
3144 c = safe_vgetc();
3145 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
3146 {
3147 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
3148 msg_putchar(c);
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003149 ++typed;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003150 }
3151 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
3152 {
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003153 if (typed > 0)
3154 {
3155 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
3156 --typed;
3157 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003158 n /= 10;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003159 }
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003160#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3161 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
3162 {
3163 *mouse_used = TRUE;
3164 n = mouse_row + 1;
3165 break;
3166 }
3167#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003168 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
3169 {
3170 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
3171 if (!exmode_active)
3172 cmdline_row = msg_row;
3173 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
3174 do_redraw = FALSE;
3175 break;
3176 }
3177 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
3178 break;
3179 }
3180 --no_mapping;
3181 --allow_keys;
3182 return n;
3183}
3184
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003185/*
3186 * Ask the user to enter a number.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003187 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
3188 * the line number.
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003189 */
3190 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003191prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
3192 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003193{
3194 int i;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003195 int save_cmdline_row;
3196 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003197
3198 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003199 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3200 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number or click with mouse (<Enter> cancels): "));
3201 else
3202 MSG_PUTS(_("Choice number (<Enter> cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003203
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003204 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
3205 * get mouse events. */
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003206 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003207 cmdline_row = 0;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003208 save_State = State;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003209 State = CMDLINE;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003210
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003211 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
3212 if (KeyTyped)
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003213 {
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003214 /* don't call wait_return() now */
3215 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003216 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
3217 need_wait_return = FALSE;
3218 msg_didany = FALSE;
3219 }
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003220 else
3221 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
3222 State = save_State;
3223
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003224 return i;
3225}
3226
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003227 void
3228msgmore(n)
3229 long n;
3230{
3231 long pn;
3232
3233 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003234 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
3235 return;
3236
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003237 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
3238 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
3239 * then "put" reports the last action. */
3240 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
3241 return;
3242
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003243 if (n > 0)
3244 pn = n;
3245 else
3246 pn = -n;
3247
3248 if (pn > p_report)
3249 {
3250 if (pn == 1)
3251 {
3252 if (n > 0)
3253 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
3254 else
3255 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
3256 }
3257 else
3258 {
3259 if (n > 0)
3260 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
3261 else
3262 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
3263 }
3264 if (got_int)
3265 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
3266 if (msg(msg_buf))
3267 {
Bram Moolenaar238a5642006-02-21 22:12:05 +00003268 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003269 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003270 }
3271 }
3272}
3273
3274/*
3275 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
3276 */
3277 void
3278beep_flush()
3279{
3280 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3281 {
3282 flush_buffers(FALSE);
3283 vim_beep();
3284 }
3285}
3286
3287/*
3288 * give a warning for an error
3289 */
3290 void
3291vim_beep()
3292{
3293 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3294 {
3295 if (p_vb
3296#ifdef FEAT_GUI
3297 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
3298 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
3299 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
3300#endif
3301 )
3302 {
3303 out_str(T_VB);
3304 }
3305 else
3306 {
3307#ifdef MSDOS
3308 /*
3309 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
3310 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
3311 * where the beeps don't overlap.
3312 */
3313 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
3314 {
3315 out_char(BELL);
3316 beep_count = 1;
3317 }
3318 else
3319 ++beep_count;
3320#else
3321 out_char(BELL);
3322#endif
3323 }
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +00003324
3325 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
3326 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
3327 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
3328 {
3329 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
3330 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
3331 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003332 }
3333}
3334
3335/*
3336 * To get the "real" home directory:
3337 * - get value of $HOME
3338 * For Unix:
3339 * - go to that directory
3340 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
3341 * This also works with mounts and links.
3342 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
3343 */
3344static char_u *homedir = NULL;
3345
3346 void
3347init_homedir()
3348{
3349 char_u *var;
3350
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003351 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
3352 vim_free(homedir);
3353 homedir = NULL;
3354
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003355#ifdef VMS
3356 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
3357#else
3358 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
3359#endif
3360
3361 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
3362 var = NULL;
3363
3364#ifdef WIN3264
3365 /*
3366 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
3367 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
3368 * when $HOME is being set.
3369 */
3370 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
3371 {
3372 char_u *p;
3373 char_u *exp;
3374
3375 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
3376 if (p != NULL)
3377 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003378 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003379 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
3380 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
3381 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
3382 {
Bram Moolenaar555b2802005-05-19 21:08:39 +00003383 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003384 var = NameBuff;
3385 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3386 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3387 }
3388 }
3389 }
3390
3391 /*
3392 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
3393 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
3394 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
3395 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
3396 */
3397 if (var == NULL)
3398 {
3399 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
3400
3401 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
3402 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
3403 if (homedrive != NULL && homepath != NULL
3404 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
3405 {
3406 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
3407 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
3408 {
3409 var = NameBuff;
3410 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3411 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3412 }
3413 }
3414 }
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003415
3416# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
3417 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
3418 {
3419 int len;
3420 char_u *pp;
3421
3422 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3423 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003424 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003425 if (pp != NULL)
3426 {
3427 homedir = pp;
3428 return;
3429 }
3430 }
3431# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003432#endif
3433
3434#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3435 /*
3436 * Default home dir is C:/
3437 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
3438 */
3439 if (var == NULL)
3440 var = "C:/";
3441#endif
3442 if (var != NULL)
3443 {
3444#ifdef UNIX
3445 /*
3446 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
3447 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
3448 */
3449 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
3450 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
3451 {
3452 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
3453 var = IObuff;
3454 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
3455 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
3456 }
3457#endif
3458 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
3459 }
3460}
3461
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003462#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
3463 void
3464free_homedir()
3465{
3466 vim_free(homedir);
3467}
3468#endif
3469
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003470/*
3471 * Expand environment variable with path name.
3472 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
3473 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$".
3474 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
3475 */
3476 void
3477expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
3478 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
3479 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3480 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3481{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003482 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003483}
3484
3485 void
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003486expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, startstr)
3487 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003488 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3489 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3490 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003491 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003492{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003493 char_u *src;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003494 char_u *tail;
3495 int c;
3496 char_u *var;
3497 int copy_char;
3498 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
3499 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003500 int startstr_len = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003501
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003502 if (startstr != NULL)
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003503 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003504
3505 src = skipwhite(srcp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003506 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
3507 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
3508 {
3509 copy_char = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003510 if ((*src == '$'
3511#ifdef VMS
3512 && at_start
3513#endif
3514 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003515#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3516 || *src == '%'
3517#endif
3518 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
3519 {
3520 mustfree = FALSE;
3521
3522 /*
3523 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
3524 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
3525 */
3526 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
3527 {
3528 tail = src + 1;
3529 var = dst;
3530 c = dstlen - 1;
3531
3532#ifdef UNIX
3533 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
3534 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
3535 {
3536 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
3537 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
3538 *var++ = *tail++;
3539 }
3540 else
3541#endif
3542 {
3543 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
3544#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3545 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3546#endif
3547 ))
3548 {
3549#ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
3550 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
3551 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
3552#else
3553 *var++ = *tail++;
3554#endif
3555 }
3556 }
3557
3558#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3559# ifdef UNIX
3560 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
3561# else
3562 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3563# endif
3564 var = NULL;
3565 else
3566 {
3567# ifdef UNIX
3568 if (src[1] == '{')
3569# else
3570 if (*src == '%')
3571#endif
3572 ++tail;
3573#endif
3574 *var = NUL;
3575 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
3576#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3577 }
3578#endif
3579 }
3580 /* home directory */
3581 else if ( src[1] == NUL
3582 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
3583 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
3584 {
3585 var = homedir;
3586 tail = src + 1;
3587 }
3588 else /* user directory */
3589 {
3590#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
3591 /*
3592 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
3593 */
3594 tail = src;
3595 var = dst;
3596 c = dstlen - 1;
3597 while ( c-- > 0
3598 && *tail
3599 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
3600 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3601 *var++ = *tail++;
3602 *var = NUL;
3603# ifdef UNIX
3604 /*
3605 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
3606 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
3607 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
3608 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
3609 */
3610# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
3611 {
3612 struct passwd *pw;
3613
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003614 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
3615 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003616 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
3617 if (pw != NULL)
3618 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
3619 else
3620 var = NULL;
3621 }
3622 if (var == NULL)
3623# endif
3624 {
3625 expand_T xpc;
3626
3627 ExpandInit(&xpc);
3628 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
3629 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
3630 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003631 mustfree = TRUE;
3632 }
3633
3634# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
3635 /*
3636 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
3637 * directories to search for the user account in.
3638 */
3639 {
3640 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
3641 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
3642 struct stat st;
3643
3644 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
3645 next_path = paths;
3646 while (*next_path)
3647 {
3648 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
3649 next_path++);
3650 if (*next_path)
3651 *next_path++ = NUL;
3652 STRCPY(test, path);
3653 STRCAT(test, "/");
3654 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
3655 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
3656 {
3657 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
3658 STRCPY(var, test);
3659 mustfree = TRUE;
3660 break;
3661 }
3662 }
3663 }
3664# endif /* UNIX */
3665#else
3666 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
3667 var = NULL;
3668 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
3669#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
3670 }
3671
3672#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
3673 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
3674 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
3675 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
3676 {
3677 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
3678
3679 if (p != NULL)
3680 {
3681 if (mustfree)
3682 vim_free(var);
3683 var = p;
3684 mustfree = TRUE;
3685 forward_slash(var);
3686 }
3687 }
3688#endif
3689
3690 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
3691 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
3692 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
3693 {
3694 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
3695
3696 if (p != NULL)
3697 {
3698 if (mustfree)
3699 vim_free(var);
3700 var = p;
3701 mustfree = TRUE;
3702 }
3703 }
3704
3705 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
3706 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
3707 {
3708 STRCPY(dst, var);
3709 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003710 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003711 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
3712 * with it, skip a character */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003713 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003714#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
3715 && dst[-1] != ':'
3716#endif
3717 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3718 ++tail;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003719 dst += c;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003720 src = tail;
3721 copy_char = FALSE;
3722 }
3723 if (mustfree)
3724 vim_free(var);
3725 }
3726
3727 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
3728 {
3729 /*
3730 * Recogize the start of a new name, for '~'.
3731 */
3732 at_start = FALSE;
3733 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
3734 {
3735 *dst++ = *src++;
3736 --dstlen;
3737 }
3738 else if (src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',')
3739 at_start = TRUE;
3740 *dst++ = *src++;
3741 --dstlen;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003742
3743 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
3744 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
3745 at_start = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003746 }
3747 }
3748 *dst = NUL;
3749}
3750
3751/*
3752 * Vim's version of getenv().
3753 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
Bram Moolenaar2f6b0b82005-03-08 22:43:10 +00003754 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003755 */
3756 char_u *
3757vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
3758 char_u *name;
3759 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
3760{
3761 char_u *p;
3762 char_u *pend;
3763 int vimruntime;
3764
3765#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3766 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
3767 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
3768 return homedir;
3769#endif
3770
3771 p = mch_getenv(name);
3772 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3773 p = NULL;
3774
3775 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003776 {
3777#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3778 if (enc_utf8)
3779 {
3780 int len;
3781 char_u *pp;
3782
3783 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3784 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003785 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003786 if (pp != NULL)
3787 {
3788 p = pp;
3789 *mustfree = TRUE;
3790 }
3791 }
3792#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003793 return p;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003794 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003795
3796 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
3797 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
3798 return NULL;
3799
3800 /*
3801 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
3802 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
3803 */
3804 if (vimruntime
3805#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3806 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
3807#endif
3808 )
3809 {
3810 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
3811 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3812 p = NULL;
3813 if (p != NULL)
3814 {
3815 p = vim_version_dir(p);
3816 if (p != NULL)
3817 *mustfree = TRUE;
3818 else
3819 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003820
3821#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3822 if (enc_utf8)
3823 {
3824 int len;
3825 char_u *pp;
3826
3827 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
3828 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
3829 * characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003830 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003831 if (pp != NULL)
3832 {
3833 if (mustfree)
3834 vim_free(p);
3835 p = pp;
3836 *mustfree = TRUE;
3837 }
3838 }
3839#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003840 }
3841 }
3842
3843 /*
3844 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
3845 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
3846 * - the executable name from argv[0]
3847 */
3848 if (p == NULL)
3849 {
3850 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
3851 p = p_hf;
3852#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3853 /*
3854 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
3855 */
3856 else
3857 p = exe_name;
3858#endif
3859 if (p != NULL)
3860 {
3861 /* remove the file name */
3862 pend = gettail(p);
3863
3864 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
3865 if (p == p_hf)
3866 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
3867
3868#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3869# ifdef MACOS_X
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003870 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003871 if (p == exe_name)
3872 {
3873 char_u *pend1;
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003874 char_u *pnew;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003875
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003876 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
3877 if (pend1 != pend)
3878 {
3879 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
3880 if (pnew != NULL)
3881 {
3882 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
3883 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
3884 p = pnew;
3885 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
3886 }
3887 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003888 }
3889# endif
3890 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
3891 if (p == exe_name)
3892 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
3893#endif
3894
3895 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
3896 if (!vimruntime)
3897 {
3898 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
3899 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
3900 }
3901
3902 /* remove trailing path separator */
3903#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
3904 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
3905 /* to avoid confusion between absoulute and relative path */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003906 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003907 --pend;
3908#endif
3909
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003910#ifdef MACOS_X
3911 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
3912#endif
3913 /* check that the result is a directory name */
3914 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003915
3916 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
3917 {
3918 vim_free(p);
3919 p = NULL;
3920 }
3921 else
3922 {
3923#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3924 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
3925 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
3926 {
3927 vim_free(p);
3928 p = pend;
3929 }
3930#endif
3931 *mustfree = TRUE;
3932 }
3933 }
3934 }
3935
3936#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3937 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
3938 * default_vimruntime_dir */
3939 if (p == NULL)
3940 {
3941 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
3942 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
3943 {
3944 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
3945 *mustfree = FALSE;
3946 }
3947 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
3948 {
3949 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
3950 *mustfree = TRUE;
3951 else
3952 {
3953 p = default_vim_dir;
3954 *mustfree = FALSE;
3955 }
3956 }
3957 }
3958#endif
3959
3960 /*
3961 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
3962 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
3963 */
3964 if (p != NULL)
3965 {
3966 if (vimruntime)
3967 {
3968 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
3969 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
3970#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
3971 {
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00003972 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003973
3974 if (buf != NULL)
3975 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003976 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
3977 vim_free(buf);
3978 }
3979 }
3980#endif
3981 }
3982 else
3983 {
3984 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
3985 didset_vim = TRUE;
3986 }
3987 }
3988 return p;
3989}
3990
3991/*
3992 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
3993 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
3994 */
3995 static char_u *
3996vim_version_dir(vimdir)
3997 char_u *vimdir;
3998{
3999 char_u *p;
4000
4001 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
4002 return NULL;
4003 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
4004 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4005 return p;
4006 vim_free(p);
4007 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
4008 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4009 return p;
4010 vim_free(p);
4011 return NULL;
4012}
4013
4014/*
4015 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
4016 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
4017 */
4018 static char_u *
4019remove_tail(p, pend, name)
4020 char_u *p;
4021 char_u *pend;
4022 char_u *name;
4023{
4024 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
4025 char_u *newend = pend - len;
4026
4027 if (newend >= p
4028 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004029 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004030 return newend;
4031 return pend;
4032}
4033
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004034/*
4035 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
4036 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
4037 * again soon.
4038 */
4039 char_u *
4040expand_env_save(src)
4041 char_u *src;
4042{
4043 char_u *p;
4044
4045 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
4046 if (p != NULL)
4047 expand_env(src, p, MAXPATHL);
4048 return p;
4049}
4050
4051/*
4052 * Our portable version of setenv.
4053 */
4054 void
4055vim_setenv(name, val)
4056 char_u *name;
4057 char_u *val;
4058{
4059#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
4060 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
4061#else
4062 char_u *envbuf;
4063
4064 /*
4065 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
4066 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
4067 */
4068 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
4069 if (envbuf != NULL)
4070 {
4071 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
4072 putenv((char *)envbuf);
4073 }
4074#endif
4075}
4076
4077#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4078/*
4079 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
4080 */
4081/*ARGSUSED*/
4082 char_u *
4083get_env_name(xp, idx)
4084 expand_T *xp;
4085 int idx;
4086{
4087# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
4088 /*
4089 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
4090 */
4091 return NULL;
4092# else
4093# ifndef __WIN32__
4094 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
4095 extern char **environ;
4096# endif
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004097# define ENVNAMELEN 100
4098 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004099 char_u *str;
4100 int n;
4101
4102 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
4103 if (str == NULL)
4104 return NULL;
4105
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004106 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004107 {
4108 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
4109 break;
4110 name[n] = str[n];
4111 }
4112 name[n] = NUL;
4113 return name;
4114# endif
4115}
4116#endif
4117
4118/*
4119 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
4120 * 'src'.
4121 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
4122 */
4123 void
4124home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
4125 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4126 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4127 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
4128 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
4129 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
4130 spaces and commas in the file name. */
4131{
4132 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
4133 size_t len;
4134 char_u *homedir_env;
4135 char_u *p;
4136
4137 if (src == NULL)
4138 {
4139 *dst = NUL;
4140 return;
4141 }
4142
4143 /*
4144 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
4145 */
4146 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
4147 {
4148 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
4149 return;
4150 }
4151
4152 /*
4153 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
4154 * "real" home directory.
4155 */
4156 if (homedir != NULL)
4157 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
4158
4159#ifdef VMS
4160 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
4161#else
4162 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
4163#endif
4164
4165 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
4166 homedir_env = NULL;
4167 if (homedir_env != NULL)
4168 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
4169
4170 if (!one)
4171 src = skipwhite(src);
4172 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
4173 {
4174 /*
4175 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
4176 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
4177 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
4178 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
4179 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
4180 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
4181 * er's home directory)).
4182 */
4183 p = homedir;
4184 len = dirlen;
4185 for (;;)
4186 {
4187 if ( len
4188 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
4189 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
4190 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
4191 || src[len] == NUL))
4192 {
4193 src += len;
4194 if (--dstlen > 0)
4195 *dst++ = '~';
4196
4197 /*
4198 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
4199 */
4200 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
4201 *dst++ = '/';
4202 break;
4203 }
4204 if (p == homedir_env)
4205 break;
4206 p = homedir_env;
4207 len = envlen;
4208 }
4209
4210 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
4211 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
4212 *dst++ = *src++;
4213 /* skip separator */
4214 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
4215 *dst++ = *src++;
4216 }
4217 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
4218
4219 *dst = NUL;
4220}
4221
4222/*
4223 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
4224 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
4225 */
4226 char_u *
4227home_replace_save(buf, src)
4228 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4229 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4230{
4231 char_u *dst;
4232 unsigned len;
4233
4234 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
4235 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
4236 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
4237 dst = alloc(len);
4238 if (dst != NULL)
4239 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
4240 return dst;
4241}
4242
4243/*
4244 * Compare two file names and return:
4245 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
4246 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
4247 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
4248 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
4249 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
4250 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
4251 */
4252 int
4253fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
4254 char_u *s1, *s2;
4255 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
4256{
4257#ifdef UNIX
4258 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
4259 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
4260 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
4261 struct stat st1, st2;
4262 int r1, r2;
4263
4264 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4265 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
4266 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
4267 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
4268 {
4269 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
4270 if (checkname)
4271 {
4272 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4273 return FPC_SAMEX;
4274 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4275 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4276 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
4277 return FPC_SAMEX;
4278 }
4279 return FPC_NOTX;
4280 }
4281 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
4282 return FPC_DIFFX;
4283 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
4284 return FPC_SAME;
4285 return FPC_DIFF;
4286#else
4287 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
4288 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
4289 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
4290 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
4291 int r1, r2;
4292
4293 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
4294 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
4295 {
4296 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
4297 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
4298
4299 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4300 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4301 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4302
4303 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
4304 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
4305 {
4306 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4307 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
4308 else
4309 retval = FPC_NOTX;
4310 }
4311 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
4312 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
4313 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
4314 retval = FPC_DIFF;
4315 else
4316 retval = FPC_SAME;
4317 vim_free(exp1);
4318 }
4319 return retval;
4320#endif
4321}
4322
4323/*
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004324 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
4325 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004326 */
4327 char_u *
4328gettail(fname)
4329 char_u *fname;
4330{
4331 char_u *p1, *p2;
4332
4333 if (fname == NULL)
4334 return (char_u *)"";
4335 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
4336 {
4337 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
4338 p1 = p2 + 1;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004339 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004340 }
4341 return p1;
4342}
4343
4344/*
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004345 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
4346 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
4347 * Always returns a valid pointer.
4348 */
4349 char_u *
4350gettail_sep(fname)
4351 char_u *fname;
4352{
4353 char_u *p;
4354 char_u *t;
4355
4356 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
4357 t = gettail(fname);
4358 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
4359 --t;
4360#ifdef VMS
4361 /* path separator is part of the path */
4362 ++t;
4363#endif
4364 return t;
4365}
4366
4367/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004368 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
4369 */
4370 char_u *
4371getnextcomp(fname)
4372 char_u *fname;
4373{
4374 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004375 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004376 if (*fname)
4377 ++fname;
4378 return fname;
4379}
4380
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004381/*
4382 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
4383 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
4384 * If there is no head, path is returned.
4385 */
4386 char_u *
4387get_past_head(path)
4388 char_u *path;
4389{
4390 char_u *retval;
4391
4392#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
4393 /* may skip "c:" */
4394 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
4395 retval = path + 2;
4396 else
4397 retval = path;
4398#else
4399# if defined(AMIGA)
4400 /* may skip "label:" */
4401 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
4402 if (retval == NULL)
4403 retval = path;
4404# else /* Unix */
4405 retval = path;
4406# endif
4407#endif
4408
4409 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
4410 ++retval;
4411
4412 return retval;
4413}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004414
4415/*
4416 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
4417 */
4418 int
4419vim_ispathsep(c)
4420 int c;
4421{
4422#ifdef RISCOS
4423 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
4424#else
4425# ifdef UNIX
4426 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
4427# else
4428# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
4429 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
4430# else
4431# ifdef VMS
4432 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
4433 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
4434 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00004435# else /* Amiga */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004436 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004437# endif /* VMS */
4438# endif
4439# endif
4440#endif /* RISC OS */
4441}
4442
4443#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
4444/*
4445 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
4446 */
4447 int
4448vim_ispathlistsep(c)
4449 int c;
4450{
4451#ifdef UNIX
4452 return (c == ':');
4453#else
4454 return (c == ';'); /* might not be rigth for every system... */
4455#endif
4456}
4457#endif
4458
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004459#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
4460 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4461/*
4462 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
4463 * It's done in-place.
4464 */
4465 void
4466shorten_dir(str)
4467 char_u *str;
4468{
4469 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
4470 int skip = FALSE;
4471
4472 tail = gettail(str);
4473 d = str;
4474 for (s = str; ; ++s)
4475 {
4476 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
4477 {
4478 *d++ = *s;
4479 if (*s == NUL)
4480 break;
4481 }
4482 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
4483 {
4484 *d++ = *s;
4485 skip = FALSE;
4486 }
4487 else if (!skip)
4488 {
4489 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
4490 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
4491 skip = TRUE;
4492# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4493 if (has_mbyte)
4494 {
4495 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
4496
4497 while (--l > 0)
Bram Moolenaarb6baca52006-08-15 20:24:14 +00004498 *d++ = *++s;
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004499 }
4500# endif
4501 }
4502 }
4503}
4504#endif
4505
Bram Moolenaar900b4d72005-12-12 22:05:50 +00004506/*
4507 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
4508 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
4509 * "fname" must be writable!.
4510 */
4511 int
4512dir_of_file_exists(fname)
4513 char_u *fname;
4514{
4515 char_u *p;
4516 int c;
4517 int retval;
4518
4519 p = gettail_sep(fname);
4520 if (p == fname)
4521 return TRUE;
4522 c = *p;
4523 *p = NUL;
4524 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
4525 *p = c;
4526 return retval;
4527}
4528
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004529#if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
4530 || defined(PROTO)
4531/*
4532 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
4533 */
4534 int
4535vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
4536 char_u *x, *y;
4537{
4538 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
4539}
4540
4541 int
4542vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
4543 char_u *x, *y;
4544 size_t len;
4545{
4546 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
4547 {
4548 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
4549 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
4550 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
4551 break;
4552 ++x;
4553 ++y;
4554 --len;
4555 }
4556 if (len == 0)
4557 return 0;
4558 return (*x - *y);
4559}
4560#endif
4561
4562/*
4563 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
4564 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is neccesary.
4565 */
4566 char_u *
4567concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
4568 char_u *fname1;
4569 char_u *fname2;
4570 int sep;
4571{
4572 char_u *dest;
4573
4574 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
4575 if (dest != NULL)
4576 {
4577 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
4578 if (sep)
4579 add_pathsep(dest);
4580 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
4581 }
4582 return dest;
4583}
4584
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004585#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) || defined(PROTO)
4586/*
4587 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
4588 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4589 */
4590 char_u *
4591concat_str(str1, str2)
4592 char_u *str1;
4593 char_u *str2;
4594{
4595 char_u *dest;
4596 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
4597
4598 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
4599 if (dest != NULL)
4600 {
4601 STRCPY(dest, str1);
4602 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
4603 }
4604 return dest;
4605}
4606#endif
4607
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004608/*
4609 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
4610 * separator.
4611 */
4612 void
4613add_pathsep(p)
4614 char_u *p;
4615{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004616 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004617 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
4618}
4619
4620/*
4621 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
4622 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4623 */
4624 char_u *
4625FullName_save(fname, force)
4626 char_u *fname;
4627 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
4628 like a full path name */
4629{
4630 char_u *buf;
4631 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
4632
4633 if (fname == NULL)
4634 return NULL;
4635
4636 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
4637 if (buf != NULL)
4638 {
4639 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
4640 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
4641 else
4642 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
4643 vim_free(buf);
4644 }
4645 return new_fname;
4646}
4647
4648#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
4649
4650static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
4651
4652/*
4653 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
4654 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
4655 */
4656 pos_T *
4657find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4658 int ind_maxcomment;
4659{
4660 pos_T *pos;
4661 char_u *line;
4662 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004663 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004664
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004665 for (;;)
4666 {
4667 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
4668 if (pos == NULL)
4669 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004670
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004671 /*
4672 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
4673 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
4674 */
4675 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
4676 for (p = line; *p && (unsigned)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
4677 p = skip_string(p);
4678 if ((unsigned)(p - line) <= pos->col)
4679 break;
4680 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
4681 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
4682 {
4683 pos = NULL;
4684 break;
4685 }
4686 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004687 return pos;
4688}
4689
4690/*
4691 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
4692 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
4693 */
4694 static char_u *
4695skip_string(p)
4696 char_u *p;
4697{
4698 int i;
4699
4700 /*
4701 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
4702 */
4703 for ( ; ; ++p)
4704 {
4705 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
4706 {
4707 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
4708 break;
4709 i = 2;
4710 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
4711 {
4712 ++i;
4713 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
4714 ++i;
4715 }
4716 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
4717 {
4718 p += i;
4719 continue;
4720 }
4721 }
4722 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
4723 {
4724 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
4725 {
4726 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
4727 ++p;
4728 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
4729 break;
4730 }
4731 if (p[0] == '"')
4732 continue;
4733 }
4734 break; /* no string found */
4735 }
4736 if (!*p)
4737 --p; /* backup from NUL */
4738 return p;
4739}
4740#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
4741
4742#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
4743
4744/*
4745 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
4746 */
4747 void
4748do_c_expr_indent()
4749{
4750# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4751 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
4752 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
4753 else
4754# endif
4755 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
4756}
4757
4758/*
4759 * Functions for C-indenting.
4760 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
4761 */
4762/*
4763 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
4764 */
4765
4766static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4767static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
4768static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
4769static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
4770static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
4771static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
4772static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4773static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
4774static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
4775static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4776static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
4777static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
4778static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4779static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4780static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
4781static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
4782static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
4783static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
4784static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
4785static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
4786static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004787static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004788static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
4789static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((char_u *line, colnr_T *col));
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00004790static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004791static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
4792static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
4793static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
4794static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
4795static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
4796static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
4797static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
4798
4799/*
4800 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
4801 */
4802 static char_u *
4803cin_skipcomment(s)
4804 char_u *s;
4805{
4806 while (*s)
4807 {
4808 s = skipwhite(s);
4809 if (*s != '/')
4810 break;
4811 ++s;
4812 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
4813 {
4814 s += STRLEN(s);
4815 break;
4816 }
4817 if (*s != '*')
4818 break;
4819 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
4820 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
4821 {
4822 s += 2;
4823 break;
4824 }
4825 }
4826 return s;
4827}
4828
4829/*
4830 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
4831 * not considered code.
4832 */
4833 static int
4834cin_nocode(s)
4835 char_u *s;
4836{
4837 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
4838}
4839
4840/*
4841 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
4842 */
4843 static pos_T *
4844find_line_comment() /* XXX */
4845{
4846 static pos_T pos;
4847 char_u *line;
4848 char_u *p;
4849
4850 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4851 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
4852 {
4853 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
4854 p = skipwhite(line);
4855 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
4856 {
4857 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
4858 return &pos;
4859 }
4860 if (*p != NUL)
4861 break;
4862 }
4863 return NULL;
4864}
4865
4866/*
4867 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
4868 */
4869 static int
4870cin_islabel_skip(s)
4871 char_u **s;
4872{
4873 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
4874 return FALSE;
4875
4876 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
4877 (*s)++;
4878
4879 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
4880
4881 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
4882 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
4883}
4884
4885/*
4886 * Recognize a label: "label:".
4887 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
4888 */
4889 int
4890cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4891 int ind_maxcomment;
4892{
4893 char_u *s;
4894
4895 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
4896
4897 /*
4898 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
4899 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
4900 */
4901 if (cin_isdefault(s))
4902 return FALSE;
4903 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
4904 return FALSE;
4905
4906 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
4907 {
4908 /*
4909 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
4910 * label.
4911 */
4912 pos_T cursor_save;
4913 pos_T *trypos;
4914 char_u *line;
4915
4916 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
4917 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
4918 {
4919 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4920
4921 /*
4922 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
4923 */
4924 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
4925 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
4926 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
4927
4928 line = ml_get_curline();
4929 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
4930 continue;
4931 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
4932 continue;
4933
4934 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
4935 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
4936 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
4937 || cin_iscase(line)
4938 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
4939 return TRUE;
4940 return FALSE;
4941 }
4942 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
4943 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
4944 }
4945 return FALSE;
4946}
4947
4948/*
4949 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
4950 * Q&D-Implementation:
4951 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
4952 */
4953 static int
4954cin_isinit(void)
4955{
4956 char_u *s;
4957
4958 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
4959
4960 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
4961 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
4962
4963 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
4964 return TRUE;
4965
4966 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
4967 return TRUE;
4968
4969 return FALSE;
4970}
4971
4972/*
4973 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
4974 */
4975 int
4976cin_iscase(s)
4977 char_u *s;
4978{
4979 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
4980 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
4981 {
4982 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
4983 {
4984 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
4985 if (*s == ':')
4986 {
4987 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
4988 ++s;
4989 else
4990 return TRUE;
4991 }
4992 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
4993 s += 2; /* skip over '.' */
4994 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
4995 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
4996 else if (*s == '"')
4997 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
4998 }
4999 return FALSE;
5000 }
5001
5002 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5003 return TRUE;
5004 return FALSE;
5005}
5006
5007/*
5008 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
5009 */
5010 static int
5011cin_isdefault(s)
5012 char_u *s;
5013{
5014 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
5015 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
5016 && s[1] != ':');
5017}
5018
5019/*
5020 * Recognize a "public/private/proctected" scope declaration label.
5021 */
5022 int
5023cin_isscopedecl(s)
5024 char_u *s;
5025{
5026 int i;
5027
5028 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5029 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
5030 i = 6;
5031 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
5032 i = 9;
5033 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
5034 i = 7;
5035 else
5036 return FALSE;
5037 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
5038}
5039
5040/*
5041 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
5042 * Return NULL if not found.
5043 * case 234: a = b;
5044 * ^
5045 */
5046 static char_u *
5047after_label(l)
5048 char_u *l;
5049{
5050 for ( ; *l; ++l)
5051 {
5052 if (*l == ':')
5053 {
5054 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5055 ++l;
5056 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1))
5057 break;
5058 }
5059 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
5060 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
5061 }
5062 if (*l == NUL)
5063 return NULL;
5064 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
5065 if (*l == NUL)
5066 return NULL;
5067 return l;
5068}
5069
5070/*
5071 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
5072 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
5073 */
5074 static int
5075get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
5076 linenr_T lnum;
5077{
5078 char_u *l;
5079 pos_T fp;
5080 colnr_T col;
5081 char_u *p;
5082
5083 l = ml_get(lnum);
5084 p = after_label(l);
5085 if (p == NULL)
5086 return 0;
5087
5088 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
5089 fp.lnum = lnum;
5090 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5091 return (int)col;
5092}
5093
5094/*
5095 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005096 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005097 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
5098 * ^
5099 */
5100 static int
5101skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
5102 linenr_T lnum;
5103 char_u **pp;
5104 int ind_maxcomment;
5105{
5106 char_u *l;
5107 int amount;
5108 pos_T cursor_save;
5109
5110 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5111 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5112 l = ml_get_curline();
5113 /* XXX */
5114 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
5115 {
5116 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
5117 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
5118 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
5119 l = ml_get_curline();
5120 }
5121 else
5122 {
5123 amount = get_indent();
5124 l = ml_get_curline();
5125 }
5126 *pp = l;
5127
5128 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5129 return amount;
5130}
5131
5132/*
5133 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
5134 * int a, indent of "a"
5135 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
5136 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
5137 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
5138 */
5139 static int
5140cin_first_id_amount()
5141{
5142 char_u *line, *p, *s;
5143 int len;
5144 pos_T fp;
5145 colnr_T col;
5146
5147 line = ml_get_curline();
5148 p = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005149 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005150 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
5151 {
5152 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005153 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005154 }
5155 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
5156 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5157 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
5158 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
5159 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
5160 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
5161 {
5162 s = skipwhite(p + len);
5163 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
5164 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
5165 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
5166 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
5167 p = s;
5168 }
5169 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
5170 ;
5171 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
5172 return 0;
5173
5174 p = skipwhite(p + len);
5175 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5176 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
5177 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5178 return (int)col;
5179}
5180
5181/*
5182 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
5183 * char *foo = "here";
5184 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
5185 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
5186 * foo = "asdf\
5187 * asdf\
5188 * here";
5189 */
5190 static int
5191cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
5192 linenr_T lnum;
5193{
5194 char_u *line;
5195 char_u *s;
5196 colnr_T col;
5197 pos_T fp;
5198
5199 if (lnum > 1)
5200 {
5201 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5202 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
5203 return -1;
5204 }
5205
5206 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
5207 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
5208 {
5209 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5210 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5211 else
5212 ++s;
5213 }
5214 if (*s != '=')
5215 return 0;
5216
5217 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
5218 if (cin_nocode(s))
5219 return 0;
5220
5221 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
5222 ++s;
5223
5224 fp.lnum = lnum;
5225 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5226 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5227 return (int)col;
5228}
5229
5230/*
5231 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
5232 */
5233 static int
5234cin_ispreproc(s)
5235 char_u *s;
5236{
5237 s = skipwhite(s);
5238 if (*s == '#')
5239 return TRUE;
5240 return FALSE;
5241}
5242
5243/*
5244 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
5245 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
5246 * start and return the line in "*pp".
5247 */
5248 static int
5249cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
5250 char_u **pp;
5251 linenr_T *lnump;
5252{
5253 char_u *line = *pp;
5254 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
5255 int retval = FALSE;
5256
Bram Moolenaard8e9bb22005-07-09 21:14:46 +00005257 for (;;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005258 {
5259 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
5260 {
5261 retval = TRUE;
5262 *lnump = lnum;
5263 break;
5264 }
5265 if (lnum == 1)
5266 break;
5267 line = ml_get(--lnum);
5268 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
5269 break;
5270 }
5271
5272 if (lnum != *lnump)
5273 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
5274 return retval;
5275}
5276
5277/*
5278 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
5279 */
5280 static int
5281cin_iscomment(p)
5282 char_u *p;
5283{
5284 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
5285}
5286
5287/*
5288 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
5289 */
5290 static int
5291cin_islinecomment(p)
5292 char_u *p;
5293{
5294 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
5295}
5296
5297/*
5298 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
5299 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
5300 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
5301 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
5302 */
5303 static int
5304cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
5305 char_u *s;
5306 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
5307 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
5308{
5309 char_u found_start = 0;
5310
5311 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5312
5313 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
5314 found_start = *s;
5315
5316 while (*s)
5317 {
5318 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
5319 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
5320 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
5321 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
5322 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5323 return *s;
5324
5325 if (*s)
5326 s++;
5327 }
5328 return found_start;
5329}
5330
5331/*
5332 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
5333 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
5334 * no semicolons anywhere.
5335 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
5336 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
5337 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
5338 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
5339 */
5340 static int
5341cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
5342 char_u **sp;
5343 linenr_T first_lnum;
5344{
5345 char_u *s;
5346 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
5347 int retval = FALSE;
5348
5349 if (sp == NULL)
5350 s = ml_get(lnum);
5351 else
5352 s = *sp;
5353
5354 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5355 {
5356 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5357 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5358 else
5359 ++s;
5360 }
5361 if (*s != '(')
5362 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
5363
5364 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5365 {
5366 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5367 {
5368 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
5369 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
5370 * #if defined(x) && \
5371 * defined(y)
5372 */
5373 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
5374 s = ml_get(lnum);
5375 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
5376 retval = TRUE;
5377 goto done;
5378 }
5379 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5380 {
5381 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
5382 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5383 break;
5384
5385 s = ml_get(++lnum);
5386 }
5387 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5388 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5389 else
5390 ++s;
5391 }
5392
5393done:
5394 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
5395 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
5396
5397 return retval;
5398}
5399
5400 static int
5401cin_isif(p)
5402 char_u *p;
5403{
5404 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5405}
5406
5407 static int
5408cin_iselse(p)
5409 char_u *p;
5410{
5411 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
5412 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5413 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
5414}
5415
5416 static int
5417cin_isdo(p)
5418 char_u *p;
5419{
5420 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5421}
5422
5423/*
5424 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
5425 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
5426 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
5427 */
5428 static int
5429cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
5430 char_u *p;
5431 linenr_T lnum;
5432 int ind_maxparen;
5433{
5434 pos_T cursor_save;
5435 pos_T *trypos;
5436 int retval = FALSE;
5437
5438 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5439 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5440 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5441 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
5442 {
5443 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5444 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5445 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5446 p = ml_get_curline();
5447 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
5448 {
5449 ++p;
5450 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5451 }
5452 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
5453 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
5454 retval = TRUE;
5455 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5456 }
5457 return retval;
5458}
5459
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005460/*
5461 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
5462 * do
5463 * nothing;
5464 * while (foo
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005465 * && bar); <-- here
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005466 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
5467 */
5468 static int
5469cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
5470 int terminated;
5471 int ind_maxparen;
5472 int ind_maxcomment;
5473{
5474 char_u *line;
5475 char_u *p;
5476 char_u *s;
5477 pos_T *trypos;
5478 int i;
5479
5480 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
5481 return FALSE;
5482
5483 p = line = ml_get_curline();
5484 while (*p != NUL)
5485 {
5486 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5487 if (*p == ')')
5488 {
5489 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
5490 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5491 {
5492 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
5493 * before the matching '('. XXX */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005494 i = (int)(p - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005495 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5496 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
5497 if (trypos != NULL)
5498 {
5499 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
5500 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5501 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5502 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5503 {
5504 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
5505 return TRUE;
5506 }
5507 }
5508
5509 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
5510 line = ml_get_curline();
5511 p = line + i;
5512 }
5513 }
5514 if (*p != NUL)
5515 ++p;
5516 }
5517 return FALSE;
5518}
5519
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005520 static int
5521cin_isbreak(p)
5522 char_u *p;
5523{
5524 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
5525}
5526
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005527/*
5528 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005529 * constructor-initialization. eg:
5530 *
5531 * class MyClass :
5532 * baseClass <-- here
5533 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
5534 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
5535 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
5536 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005537 *
5538 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005539 */
5540 static int
5541cin_is_cpp_baseclass(line, col)
5542 char_u *line;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005543 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005544{
5545 char_u *s;
5546 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005547 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005548
5549 *col = 0;
5550
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00005551 s = skipwhite(line);
5552 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
5553 return FALSE;
5554 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005555 if (*s == NUL)
5556 return FALSE;
5557
5558 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5559
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005560 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
5561 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
5562 * a = cond ?
5563 * func() :
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005564 * asdf;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005565 * func::foo()
5566 * : something
5567 * {}
5568 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
5569 * : something(4),
5570 * somethingelse(3)
5571 * {}
5572 */
5573 while (lnum > 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005574 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005575 s = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum - 1));
5576 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
5577 break;
5578 while (*s != NUL)
5579 {
5580 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5581 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
5582 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
5583 break;
5584 if (*s != NUL)
5585 ++s;
5586 }
5587 if (*s != NUL)
5588 break;
5589 --lnum;
5590 }
5591
5592 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(lnum));
5593 for (;;)
5594 {
5595 if (*s == NUL)
5596 {
5597 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5598 break;
5599 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
5600 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(++lnum));
5601 }
5602
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005603 if (s[0] == ':')
5604 {
5605 if (s[1] == ':')
5606 {
5607 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
5608 * initialization any more */
5609 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5610 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
5611 }
5612 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
5613 {
5614 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
5615 * cpp-base-class-declaration or contructor-initialization */
5616 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5617 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5618 *col = 0;
5619 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5620 }
5621 else
5622 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5623 }
5624 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5625 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
5626 {
5627 class_or_struct = TRUE;
5628 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5629
5630 if (*s == 'c')
5631 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
5632 else
5633 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
5634 }
5635 else
5636 {
5637 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
5638 {
5639 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5640 }
5641 else if (s[0] == ')')
5642 {
5643 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
5644 * something like "):" */
5645 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5646 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
5647 }
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005648 else if (s[0] == '?')
5649 {
5650 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
5651 return FALSE;
5652 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005653 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
5654 {
5655 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
5656 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5657 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5658 }
5659 else if (*col == 0)
5660 {
5661 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
5662 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5663
5664 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005665 if (cpp_base_class)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005666 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5667 }
5668
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005669 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
5670 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5671 *col = 0;
5672
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005673 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5674 }
5675 }
5676
5677 return cpp_base_class;
5678}
5679
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005680 static int
5681get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
5682 int col;
5683 int ind_maxparen;
5684 int ind_maxcomment;
5685 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
5686{
5687 int amount;
5688 colnr_T vcol;
5689 pos_T *trypos;
5690
5691 if (col == 0)
5692 {
5693 amount = get_indent();
5694 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
5695 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
5696 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
5697 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
5698 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
5699 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
5700 }
5701 else
5702 {
5703 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5704 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
5705 amount = (int)vcol;
5706 }
5707 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
5708 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
5709 return amount;
5710}
5711
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005712/*
5713 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
5714 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
5715 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
5716 */
5717 static int
5718cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
5719 char_u *s;
5720 char_u *find;
5721 char_u *ignore;
5722{
5723 char_u *p = s;
5724 char_u *r;
5725 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
5726
5727 while (*p != NUL)
5728 {
5729 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5730 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
5731 {
5732 r = skipwhite(p + len);
5733 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
5734 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
5735 if (cin_nocode(r))
5736 return TRUE;
5737 }
5738 if (*p != NUL)
5739 ++p;
5740 }
5741 return FALSE;
5742}
5743
5744/*
5745 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
5746 * Return the column found.
5747 */
5748 static int
5749cin_skip2pos(trypos)
5750 pos_T *trypos;
5751{
5752 char_u *line;
5753 char_u *p;
5754
5755 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
5756 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
5757 {
5758 if (cin_iscomment(p))
5759 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5760 else
5761 {
5762 p = skip_string(p);
5763 ++p;
5764 }
5765 }
5766 return (int)(p - line);
5767}
5768
5769/*
5770 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
5771 * Return NULL if no match found.
5772 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
5773 * work. */
5774/* foo() */
5775/* { */
5776/* } */
5777
5778 static pos_T *
5779find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5780 int ind_maxcomment;
5781{
5782 pos_T cursor_save;
5783 pos_T *trypos;
5784 pos_T *pos;
5785 static pos_T pos_copy;
5786
5787 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5788 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
5789 {
5790 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
5791 trypos = &pos_copy;
5792 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5793 pos = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005794 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005795 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
5796 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
5797 break;
5798 if (pos != NULL)
5799 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
5800 }
5801 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5802 return trypos;
5803}
5804
5805/*
5806 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
5807 * Return NULL of no match found.
5808 */
5809 static pos_T *
5810find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5811 int ind_maxparen;
5812 int ind_maxcomment;
5813{
5814 pos_T cursor_save;
5815 pos_T *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005816 static pos_T pos_copy;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005817
5818 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5819 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
5820 {
5821 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
5822 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
5823 trypos = NULL;
5824 else
5825 {
5826 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
5827 trypos = &pos_copy;
5828 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5829 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
5830 trypos = NULL;
5831 }
5832 }
5833 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5834 return trypos;
5835}
5836
5837/*
5838 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
5839 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
5840 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
5841 * looking a few lines further.
5842 */
5843 static int
5844corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
5845 int ind_maxparen;
5846 pos_T *startpos;
5847{
5848 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5849
5850 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
5851 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
5852 return ind_maxparen;
5853}
5854
5855/*
5856 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
5857 * line "l".
5858 */
5859 static int
5860find_last_paren(l, start, end)
5861 char_u *l;
5862 int start, end;
5863{
5864 int i;
5865 int retval = FALSE;
5866 int open_count = 0;
5867
5868 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
5869
5870 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
5871 {
5872 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
5873 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
5874 if (l[i] == start)
5875 ++open_count;
5876 else if (l[i] == end)
5877 {
5878 if (open_count > 0)
5879 --open_count;
5880 else
5881 {
5882 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5883 retval = TRUE;
5884 }
5885 }
5886 }
5887 return retval;
5888}
5889
5890 int
5891get_c_indent()
5892{
5893 /*
5894 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
5895 * block should be
5896 */
5897 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5898
5899 /*
5900 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
5901 * line is imagined to be.
5902 */
5903 int ind_open_imag = 0;
5904
5905 /*
5906 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not precededof by
5907 * an opening brace.
5908 */
5909 int ind_no_brace = 0;
5910
5911 /*
5912 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
5913 */
5914 int ind_first_open = 0;
5915
5916 /*
5917 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
5918 * located
5919 */
5920 int ind_open_extra = 0;
5921
5922 /*
5923 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
5924 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
5925 * brace should be located
5926 */
5927 int ind_close_extra = 0;
5928
5929 /*
5930 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
5931 * column is imagined to be
5932 */
5933 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
5934
5935 /*
5936 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
5937 */
5938 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5939
5940 /*
5941 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
5942 */
5943 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5944
5945 /*
5946 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
5947 */
5948 int ind_case_break = 0;
5949
5950 /*
5951 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
5952 * should be located
5953 */
5954 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5955
5956 /*
5957 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
5958 */
5959 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5960
5961 /*
5962 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
5963 */
5964 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5965
5966 /*
5967 * amount a function type spec should be indented
5968 */
5969 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5970
5971 /*
5972 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
5973 * should be indented
5974 */
5975 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5976
5977 /*
5978 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
5979 * should be located
5980 */
5981 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5982
5983 /*
5984 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
5985 */
5986 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
5987
5988 /*
5989 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
5990 * itself is also unclosed
5991 */
5992 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5993
5994 /*
5995 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
5996 * unclosed parentheses.
5997 */
5998 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
5999
6000 /*
6001 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
6002 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
6003 * context (for very long lines).
6004 */
6005 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
6006
6007 /*
6008 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
6009 * an unclosed parentheses.
6010 */
6011 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
6012
6013 /*
6014 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
6015 * opening parentheses.
6016 */
6017 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
6018
6019 /*
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006020 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
6021 */
6022 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
6023
6024 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006025 * Extra indent for comments.
6026 */
6027 int ind_comment = 0;
6028
6029 /*
6030 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
6031 */
6032 int ind_in_comment = 3;
6033
6034 /*
6035 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
6036 * after the comment opener.
6037 */
6038 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
6039
6040 /*
6041 * max lines to search for an open paren
6042 */
6043 int ind_maxparen = 20;
6044
6045 /*
6046 * max lines to search for an open comment
6047 */
6048 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
6049
6050 /*
6051 * handle braces for java code
6052 */
6053 int ind_java = 0;
6054
6055 /*
6056 * handle blocked cases correctly
6057 */
6058 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
6059
6060 pos_T cur_curpos;
6061 int amount;
6062 int scope_amount;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006063 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006064 colnr_T col;
6065 char_u *theline;
6066 char_u *linecopy;
6067 pos_T *trypos;
6068 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
6069 pos_T our_paren_pos;
6070 char_u *start;
6071 int start_brace;
6072#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in comumn 0 */
6073#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
6074#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
6075 linenr_T ourscope;
6076 char_u *l;
6077 char_u *look;
6078 char_u terminated;
6079 int lookfor;
6080#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
6081#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
6082#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
6083#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
6084#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
6085#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
6086#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
6087#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
6088#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
6089#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
6090#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
6091
6092 int whilelevel;
6093 linenr_T lnum;
6094 char_u *options;
6095 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
6096 int divider;
6097 int n;
6098 int iscase;
6099 int lookfor_break;
6100 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
6101
6102 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
6103 {
6104 l = options++;
6105 if (*options == '-')
6106 ++options;
6107 n = getdigits(&options);
6108 divider = 0;
6109 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
6110 {
6111 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
6112 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
6113 {
6114 ++options;
6115 if (divider)
6116 divider *= 10;
6117 else
6118 divider = 10;
6119 }
6120 }
6121 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
6122 {
6123 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
6124 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
6125 else
6126 {
6127 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
6128 if (divider)
6129 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
6130 }
6131 ++options;
6132 }
6133 if (l[1] == '-')
6134 n = -n;
6135 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
6136 * change.txt, and add explanation for it! */
6137 switch (*l)
6138 {
6139 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
6140 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
6141 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
6142 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
6143 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
6144 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
6145 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
6146 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
6147 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
6148 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
6149 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
6150 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
6151 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
6152 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
6153 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
6154 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
6155 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
6156 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
6157 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
6158 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
6159 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
6160 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
6161 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006162 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006163 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
6164 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
6165 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
6166 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
6167 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
6168 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
6169 }
6170 }
6171
6172 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
6173 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6174
6175 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
6176 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
6177 * ml_get is valid! */
6178 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
6179 if (linecopy == NULL)
6180 return 0;
6181
6182 /*
6183 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
6184 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
6185 * inserting new stuff.
6186 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
6187 * check for that.
6188 */
6189 if ((State & INSERT)
6190 && curwin->w_cursor.col < STRLEN(linecopy)
6191 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
6192 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
6193
6194 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
6195
6196 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
6197
6198 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6199
6200 /*
6201 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
6202 */
6203 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
6204 {
6205 amount = 0;
6206 }
6207
6208 /*
6209 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too.
6210 */
6211 else if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */
6212 {
6213 amount = 0;
6214 }
6215
6216 /*
6217 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
6218 * previous line, lineup with that one.
6219 */
6220 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
6221 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
6222 {
6223 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6224 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6225 amount = col;
6226 }
6227
6228 /*
6229 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
6230 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
6231 */
6232 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
6233 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
6234 {
6235 int lead_start_len = 2;
6236 int lead_middle_len = 1;
6237 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
6238 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
6239 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
6240 char_u *p;
6241 int start_align = 0;
6242 int start_off = 0;
6243 int done = FALSE;
6244
6245 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6246 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6247 amount = col;
6248
6249 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
6250 while (*p != NUL)
6251 {
6252 int align = 0;
6253 int off = 0;
6254 int what = 0;
6255
6256 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
6257 {
6258 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
6259 what = *p++;
6260 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
6261 align = *p++;
6262 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
6263 off = getdigits(&p);
6264 else
6265 ++p;
6266 }
6267
6268 if (*p == ':')
6269 ++p;
6270 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6271 if (what == COM_START)
6272 {
6273 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
6274 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
6275 start_off = off;
6276 start_align = align;
6277 }
6278 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
6279 {
6280 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
6281 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
6282 }
6283 else if (what == COM_END)
6284 {
6285 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
6286 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
6287 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
6288 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
6289 {
6290 done = TRUE;
6291 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6292 {
6293 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
6294 * line, use the indent of that line pluss offset. If
6295 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
6296 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
6297 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
6298 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
6299 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6300 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
6301 lead_middle_len) == 0)
6302 {
6303 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6304 break;
6305 }
6306 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
6307 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
6308 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
6309 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
6310 continue;
6311 }
6312 if (start_off != 0)
6313 amount += start_off;
6314 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006315 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6316 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006317 break;
6318 }
6319
6320 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
6321 * with the middle comment */
6322 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
6323 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
6324 {
6325 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6326 /* XXX */
6327 if (off != 0)
6328 amount += off;
6329 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006330 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6331 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006332 done = TRUE;
6333 break;
6334 }
6335 }
6336 }
6337
6338 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
6339 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
6340 * with the first character of the comment text.
6341 */
6342 if (done)
6343 ;
6344 else if (theline[0] == '*')
6345 amount += 1;
6346 else
6347 {
6348 /*
6349 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
6350 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
6351 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
6352 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
6353 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
6354 */
6355 amount = -1;
6356 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
6357 {
6358 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
6359 continue;
6360 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6361 break;
6362 }
6363 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
6364 {
6365 if (!ind_in_comment2)
6366 {
6367 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
6368 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
6369 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
6370 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
6371 }
6372 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6373 amount = col;
6374 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
6375 amount += ind_in_comment;
6376 }
6377 }
6378 }
6379
6380 /*
6381 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
6382 */ /* XXX */
6383 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6384 && ind_java == 0)
6385 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6386 || trypos != NULL)
6387 {
6388 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
6389 {
6390 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
6391 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
6392 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
6393 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
6394 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
6395 trypos = NULL;
6396 else
6397 tryposBrace = NULL;
6398 }
6399
6400 if (trypos != NULL)
6401 {
6402 /*
6403 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
6404 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
6405 */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006406 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006407 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006408 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6409 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
6410 }
6411 else
6412 {
6413 amount = -1;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006414 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
6415 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006416 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006417 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
6418 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
6419 continue;
6420 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
6421 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
6422 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006423
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006424 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
6425 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6426 {
6427 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6428 continue;
6429 }
6430
6431 /* XXX */
6432 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
6433 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006434 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006435 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6436 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
6437 {
6438 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006439
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006440 if (theline[0] == ')')
6441 {
6442 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
6443 && cur_amount > amount)
6444 cur_amount = amount;
6445 amount = -1;
6446 }
6447 break;
6448 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006449 }
6450 }
6451
6452 /*
6453 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
6454 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
6455 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
6456 */
6457 if (amount == -1)
6458 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006459 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
6460
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006461 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006462 look = skipwhite(look);
6463 if (*look == '(')
6464 {
6465 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6466 char_u *line;
6467 int look_col;
6468
6469 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
6470 * our matching '('. */
6471 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6472 line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00006473 look_col = (int)(look - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006474 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
6475 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
6476 != NULL
6477 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6478 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
6479 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
6480
6481 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
6482 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
6483 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006484 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006485 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
6486 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006487 {
6488 /*
6489 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
6490 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
6491 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
6492 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
6493 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
6494 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
6495 * lines).
6496 */
6497 if (theline[0] != ')')
6498 {
6499 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6500 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
6501 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
6502 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
6503 {
6504 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
6505 * for each additional level */
6506 n = 1;
6507 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
6508 {
6509 switch (l[col])
6510 {
6511 case '(':
6512 case '{': ++n;
6513 break;
6514
6515 case ')':
6516 case '}': if (n > 1)
6517 --n;
6518 break;
6519 }
6520 }
6521
6522 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
6523 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
6524 }
6525 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
6526 our_paren_pos.col++;
6527 else
6528 {
6529 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
6530 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
6531 col++;
6532 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
6533 our_paren_pos.col = col;
6534 else
6535 our_paren_pos.col++;
6536 }
6537 }
6538
6539 /*
6540 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
6541 * if we did the above "if".
6542 */
6543 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6544 {
6545 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6546 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
6547 cur_amount = col;
6548 }
6549 }
6550
6551 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
6552 {
6553 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6554 }
6555 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006556 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006557 {
6558 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
6559 amount = cur_amount;
6560 }
6561 else
6562 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006563 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
6564 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006565 col = our_paren_pos.col;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006566 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006567 {
6568 --our_paren_pos.col;
6569 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
6570 {
6571 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
6572 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6573 break;
6574 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
6575 col = MAXCOL;
6576 break;
6577 }
6578 }
6579
6580 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
6581 * braces */
6582 if (col == MAXCOL)
6583 amount += ind_unclosed;
6584 else
6585 {
6586 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6587 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6588 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6589 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6590 amount += ind_unclosed2;
6591 else
6592 amount += ind_unclosed;
6593 }
6594 /*
6595 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
6596 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
6597 * lines:
6598 * func_long_name( if (x
6599 * arg && yy
6600 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
6601 */
6602 if (cur_amount < amount)
6603 amount = cur_amount;
6604 }
6605 }
6606
6607 /* add extra indent for a comment */
6608 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
6609 amount += ind_comment;
6610 }
6611
6612 /*
6613 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
6614 */
6615 else
6616 {
6617 trypos = tryposBrace;
6618
6619 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
6620 start = ml_get(ourscope);
6621
6622 /*
6623 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
6624 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
6625 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
6626 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
6627 */
6628 look = skipwhite(start);
6629 if (*look == '{')
6630 {
6631 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6632 amount = col;
6633 if (*start == '{')
6634 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
6635 else
6636 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
6637 }
6638 else
6639 {
6640 /*
6641 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
6642 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
6643 */
6644 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
6645
6646 /*
6647 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6648 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6649 */
6650 lnum = ourscope;
6651 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
6652 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6653 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6654 lnum = trypos->lnum;
6655
6656 /*
6657 * It could have been something like
6658 * case 1: if (asdf &&
6659 * ldfd) {
6660 * }
6661 */
6662 if (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
6663 amount = get_indent();
6664 else
6665 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
6666
6667 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
6668 }
6669
6670 /*
6671 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
6672 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
6673 * that an indent is supposed to be.
6674 */
6675 if (theline[0] == '}')
6676 {
6677 /*
6678 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
6679 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
6680 */
6681 amount += ind_close_extra;
6682 }
6683 else
6684 {
6685 /*
6686 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
6687 * to match it with.
6688 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
6689 * to match it with.
6690 */
6691 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6692 if (cin_iselse(theline))
6693 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
6694 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
6695 /* XXX */
6696 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
6697 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
6698 {
6699 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
6700 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
6701 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
6702 {
6703 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6704 goto theend;
6705 }
6706 }
6707
6708 /*
6709 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
6710 * failed to find a matching "if").
6711 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
6712 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
6713 */
6714
6715 /*
6716 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
6717 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
6718 * location for ind_open_extra.
6719 */
6720
6721 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
6722 {
6723 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
6724 }
6725 else
6726 {
6727 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
6728 amount += ind_open_imag;
6729 else
6730 {
6731 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
6732 amount -= ind_open_extra;
6733 if (amount < 0)
6734 amount = 0;
6735 }
6736 }
6737
6738 lookfor_break = FALSE;
6739
6740 if (cin_iscase(theline)) /* it's a switch() label */
6741 {
6742 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
6743 amount += ind_case;
6744 }
6745 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
6746 {
6747 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
6748 amount += ind_scopedecl;
6749 }
6750 else
6751 {
6752 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
6753 lookfor_break = TRUE;
6754
6755 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6756 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
6757 }
6758 scope_amount = amount;
6759 whilelevel = 0;
6760
6761 /*
6762 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
6763 * with that.
6764 *
6765 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
6766 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
6767 * that opens the block.
6768 */
6769 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
6770 for (;;)
6771 {
6772 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
6773 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6774
6775 /*
6776 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
6777 * up with it.
6778 */
6779 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
6780 {
6781 /* we reached end of scope:
6782 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
6783 * go further back:
6784 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
6785 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
6786 * declaration:
6787 * int x,
6788 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
6789 */
6790 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6791 {
6792 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
6793 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
6794 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
6795 {
6796 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
6797 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
6798 * initialization) */
6799 if (cont_amount > 0)
6800 amount = cont_amount;
6801 else
6802 amount += ind_continuation;
6803 break;
6804 }
6805
6806 l = ml_get_curline();
6807
6808 /*
6809 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
6810 * comment.
6811 */
6812 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
6813 if (trypos != NULL)
6814 {
6815 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6816 continue;
6817 }
6818
6819 /*
6820 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
6821 */
6822 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6823 continue;
6824
6825 if (cin_nocode(l))
6826 continue;
6827
6828 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
6829
6830 /*
6831 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
6832 * function declaration, we are done
6833 * (it's a variable declaration).
6834 */
6835 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
6836 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6837 {
6838 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
6839 * it is a continued variable initialization.
6840 * don't add extra indent.
6841 * TODO: does not work, if a function
6842 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
6843 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
6844 */
6845 if (terminated == ',')
6846 break;
6847
6848 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
6849 * we are done.
6850 */
6851 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
6852 break;
6853
6854 /* nothing useful found */
6855 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
6856 continue;
6857 }
6858
6859 if (terminated != ';')
6860 {
6861 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
6862 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
6863 * will take us back to the start of the line.
6864 */ /* XXX */
6865 trypos = NULL;
6866 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
6867 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6868 ind_maxcomment);
6869
6870 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
6871 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
6872
6873 if (trypos != NULL)
6874 {
6875 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6876 continue;
6877 }
6878 }
6879
6880 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
6881 * like in
6882 * int a,
6883 * b;
6884 */
6885 if (cont_amount > 0)
6886 amount = cont_amount;
6887 else
6888 amount += ind_continuation;
6889 }
6890 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
6891 {
6892 if (cont_amount > 0)
6893 amount = cont_amount;
6894 else
6895 amount += ind_continuation;
6896 }
6897 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
6898 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
6899 {
6900 amount = scope_amount;
6901 if (theline[0] == '{')
6902 amount += ind_open_extra;
6903 }
6904 break;
6905 }
6906
6907 /*
6908 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
6909 */ /* XXX */
6910 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6911 {
6912 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6913 continue;
6914 }
6915
6916 l = ml_get_curline();
6917
6918 /*
6919 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00006920 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006921 */
6922 iscase = cin_iscase(l);
6923 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
6924 {
6925 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
6926 * declaration/initialization any longer */
6927 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
6928 break;
6929
6930 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
6931 * labels. */
6932 if (whilelevel > 0)
6933 continue;
6934
6935 /*
6936 * case xx:
6937 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
6938 *-> here;
6939 */
6940 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
6941 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6942 {
6943 if (cont_amount > 0)
6944 amount = cont_amount;
6945 else
6946 amount += ind_continuation;
6947 break;
6948 }
6949
6950 /*
6951 * case xx: <- line up with this case
6952 * x = 333;
6953 * case yy:
6954 */
6955 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
6956 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
6957 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
6958 {
6959 /*
6960 * Check that this case label is not for another
6961 * switch()
6962 */ /* XXX */
6963 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
6964 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
6965 {
6966 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6967 break;
6968 }
6969 continue;
6970 }
6971
6972 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
6973
6974 /*
6975 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
6976 * y = y + 1;
6977 * -> s = 99;
6978 *
6979 * case xx:
6980 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
6981 * y = y + 1;
6982 * -> s = 99;
6983 */
6984 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
6985 {
6986 if (n)
6987 amount = n;
6988
6989 if (!lookfor_break)
6990 break;
6991 }
6992
6993 /*
6994 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
6995 * -> y = y + 1;
6996 *
6997 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
6998 * -> y = y + 1;
6999 */
7000 if (n)
7001 {
7002 amount = n;
7003 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7004 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007005 {
7006 if (theline[0] == '{')
7007 amount += ind_open_extra;
7008 else
7009 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7010 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007011 break;
7012 }
7013
7014 /*
7015 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
7016 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
7017 * switch label.
7018 * break; <- may line up with this line
7019 * case xx:
7020 * -> y = 1;
7021 */
7022 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
7023 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
7024 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
7025 continue;
7026 }
7027
7028 /*
7029 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
7030 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
7031 */
7032 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
7033 {
7034 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
7035 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7036 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
7037 continue;
7038 }
7039
7040 /*
7041 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
7042 */
7043 if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
7044 {
7045 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7046 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
7047 continue;
7048 }
7049
7050 /*
7051 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
7052 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
7053 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
7054 * unlocked it)
7055 */
7056 l = ml_get_curline();
7057 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
7058 || cin_nocode(l))
7059 continue;
7060
7061 /*
7062 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7063 * constructor initialization?
7064 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007065 n = FALSE;
7066 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
7067 {
7068 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(l, &col);
7069 l = ml_get_curline();
7070 }
7071 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007072 {
7073 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7074 {
7075 if (cont_amount > 0)
7076 amount = cont_amount;
7077 else
7078 amount += ind_continuation;
7079 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007080 else if (theline[0] == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007081 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007082 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
7083 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7084 ind_continuation = 0;
7085 continue;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007086 }
7087 else
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007088 /* XXX */
7089 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7090 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007091 break;
7092 }
7093 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7094 {
7095 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007096 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
7097 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007098 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
7099 break;
7100 else
7101 continue;
7102 }
7103
7104 /*
7105 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
7106 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
7107 * there is anoter unterminated statement behind, eg:
7108 * 123,
7109 * sizeof
7110 * here
7111 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
7112 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
7113 * (indented).
7114 */
7115 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7116
7117 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7118 && terminated == ','))
7119 {
7120 /*
7121 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
7122 * go back to the line that starts it so
7123 * we can get the right prevailing indent
7124 * if ( foo &&
7125 * bar )
7126 */
7127 /*
7128 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7129 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7130 */
7131 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7132 trypos = find_match_paren(
7133 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
7134 ind_maxcomment);
7135
7136 /*
7137 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
7138 * braces.
7139 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007140 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
7141 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007142 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7143
7144 if (trypos != NULL)
7145 {
7146 /*
7147 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7148 * handled above.
7149 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7150 * asdf)
7151 */
7152 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7153 l = ml_get_curline();
7154 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7155 {
7156 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7157 continue;
7158 }
7159 }
7160
7161 /*
7162 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
7163 * indent from
7164 * char *usethis = "bla\
7165 * bla",
7166 * here;
7167 */
7168 if (terminated == ',')
7169 {
7170 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7171 {
7172 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7173 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7174 break;
7175 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7176 }
7177 }
7178
7179 /*
7180 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7181 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
7182 */
7183 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7184 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7185
7186 /*
7187 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
7188 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
7189 * while (not)
7190 * -> {
7191 * }
7192 */
7193 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7194 && theline[0] == '{')
7195 {
7196 amount = cur_amount;
7197 /*
7198 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
7199 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
7200 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
7201 * { 1, 2 },
7202 * -> { 3, 4 }
7203 */
7204 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
7205 amount += ind_open_extra;
7206
7207 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
7208 {
7209 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
7210 * class declaration or initialization */
7211 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7212 continue;
7213 }
7214 break;
7215 }
7216
7217 /*
7218 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
7219 * Also allow " } else".
7220 */
7221 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
7222 {
7223 /*
7224 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
7225 * with the last one.
7226 * if (cond)
7227 * 100 +
7228 * -> here;
7229 */
7230 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7231 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7232 {
7233 if (cont_amount > 0)
7234 amount = cont_amount;
7235 else
7236 amount += ind_continuation;
7237 break;
7238 }
7239
7240 /*
7241 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
7242 * are finished.
7243 * while (not)
7244 * -> here;
7245 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
7246 * before this is terminated.
7247 * yyy;
7248 * if (stat)
7249 * while (not)
7250 * xxx;
7251 * -> here;
7252 */
7253 amount = cur_amount;
7254 if (theline[0] == '{')
7255 amount += ind_open_extra;
7256 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7257 {
7258 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7259 break;
7260 }
7261
7262 /*
7263 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
7264 * do, line up with the while()
7265 * do
7266 * x = 1;
7267 * -> here
7268 */
7269 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
7270 if (cin_isdo(l))
7271 {
7272 if (whilelevel == 0)
7273 break;
7274 --whilelevel;
7275 }
7276
7277 /*
7278 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
7279 * one between the "if" and the "else".
7280 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7281 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7282 */
7283 if (cin_iselse(l)
7284 && whilelevel == 0
7285 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7286 == NULL
7287 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7288 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
7289 break;
7290 }
7291
7292 /*
7293 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
7294 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
7295 * add someting for a continuation line, depending on
7296 * the line before this one.
7297 */
7298 else
7299 {
7300 /*
7301 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
7302 * the last one.
7303 * c = 99 +
7304 * 100 +
7305 * -> here;
7306 */
7307 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7308 {
7309 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
7310 if (terminated == ',')
7311 amount += ind_continuation;
7312 break;
7313 }
7314
7315 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7316 {
7317 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
7318 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
7319 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
7320 * opening brace or we are looking just for
7321 * enumerations/initializations. */
7322 if (terminated == ',')
7323 {
7324 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
7325 break;
7326
7327 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7328 continue;
7329 }
7330
7331 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
7332 * reduce indent. */
7333 if (amount > cur_amount)
7334 amount = cur_amount;
7335 }
7336 else
7337 {
7338 /*
7339 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
7340 * line up with this line, remember its indent
7341 * 100 +
7342 * -> here;
7343 */
7344 amount = cur_amount;
7345
7346 /*
7347 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
7348 * are in an initialization or enum
7349 * struct xxx =
7350 * {
7351 * sizeof a,
7352 * 124 };
7353 * or a normal possible continuation line.
7354 * but only, of no other statement has been found
7355 * yet.
7356 */
7357 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
7358 {
7359 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
7360 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7361 }
7362 else
7363 {
7364 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
7365 && *l != NUL
7366 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7367 /* XXX */
7368 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
7369 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7370 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7371 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7372 }
7373 }
7374 }
7375 }
7376
7377 /*
7378 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
7379 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
7380 */
7381 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007382 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
7383 ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007384 {
7385 /*
7386 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
7387 * with the last one.
7388 * while (cond);
7389 * 100 + <- line up with this one
7390 * -> here;
7391 */
7392 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7393 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7394 {
7395 if (cont_amount > 0)
7396 amount = cont_amount;
7397 else
7398 amount += ind_continuation;
7399 break;
7400 }
7401
7402 if (whilelevel == 0)
7403 {
7404 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
7405 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7406 if (theline[0] == '{')
7407 amount += ind_open_extra;
7408 }
7409 ++whilelevel;
7410 }
7411
7412 /*
7413 * We are after a "normal" statement.
7414 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
7415 * indent of that other statement.
7416 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
7417 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
7418 */
7419 else
7420 {
7421 /*
7422 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
7423 * may be lined up with the case label.
7424 */
7425 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
7426 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
7427 {
7428 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
7429 continue;
7430 }
7431
7432 /*
7433 * Handle "do {" line.
7434 */
7435 if (whilelevel > 0)
7436 {
7437 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7438 if (cin_isdo(l))
7439 {
7440 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7441 --whilelevel;
7442 continue;
7443 }
7444 }
7445
7446 /*
7447 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
7448 * the amount for a continuation line.
7449 * x = 1;
7450 * y = foo +
7451 * -> here;
7452 * or
7453 * int x = 1;
7454 * int foo,
7455 * -> here;
7456 */
7457 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7458 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7459 {
7460 if (cont_amount > 0)
7461 amount = cont_amount;
7462 else
7463 amount += ind_continuation;
7464 break;
7465 }
7466
7467 /*
7468 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
7469 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
7470 * x = 1; x = 1;
7471 * if (asdf) y = 2;
7472 * while (asdf) ->here;
7473 * here;
7474 * ->foo;
7475 */
7476 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7477 {
7478 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
7479 break;
7480 }
7481
7482 /*
7483 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
7484 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
7485 * a terminated line.
7486 */
7487 else
7488 {
7489 /*
7490 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
7491 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
7492 * the line. Helps for:
7493 * func(asdr,
7494 * asdfasdf);
7495 * here;
7496 */
7497term_again:
7498 l = ml_get_curline();
7499 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7500 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7501 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7502 {
7503 /*
7504 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7505 * handled above.
7506 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7507 * asdf)
7508 */
7509 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7510 l = ml_get_curline();
7511 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7512 {
7513 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7514 continue;
7515 }
7516 }
7517
7518 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
7519 * with a statement after it.
7520 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
7521 * stat;
7522 * }
7523 * case 2:
7524 * stat;
7525 * }
7526 */
7527 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l));
7528
7529 /*
7530 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7531 * ignoring any jump label.
7532 */
7533 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7534 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7535
7536 if (theline[0] == '{')
7537 amount += ind_open_extra;
7538 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007539 l = skipwhite(l);
7540 if (*l == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007541 amount -= ind_open_extra;
7542 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
7543
7544 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007545 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
7546 * the matching "if":
7547 * else 3;
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00007548 * indent this;
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007549 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7550 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7551 */
7552 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
7553 && *l != '}'
7554 && cin_iselse(l)
7555 && whilelevel == 0)
7556 {
7557 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7558 == NULL
7559 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7560 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
7561 break;
7562 continue;
7563 }
7564
7565 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007566 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
7567 * that block.
7568 */
7569 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7570 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
7571 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7572 != NULL) /* XXX */
7573 {
7574 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7575 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
7576 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
7577 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7578 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
7579 goto term_again;
7580 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7581 }
7582 }
7583 }
7584 }
7585 }
7586 }
7587
7588 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7589 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7590 amount += ind_comment;
7591 }
7592
7593 /*
7594 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
7595 *
7596 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
7597 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
7598 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
7599 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
7600 */
7601 else
7602 {
7603 /*
7604 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
7605 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
7606 * of a function
7607 */
7608
7609 if (theline[0] == '{')
7610 {
7611 amount = ind_first_open;
7612 }
7613
7614 /*
7615 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
7616 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
7617 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment
7618 * or if the current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';'.
7619 */
7620 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7621 && !cin_nocode(theline)
7622 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
7623 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7624 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
7625 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
7626 {
7627 amount = ind_func_type;
7628 }
7629 else
7630 {
7631 amount = 0;
7632 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7633
7634 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
7635
7636 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7637 {
7638 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7639 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7640
7641 l = ml_get_curline();
7642
7643 /*
7644 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7645 */ /* XXX */
7646 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7647 {
7648 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
7649 continue;
7650 }
7651
7652 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007653 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7654 * constructor initialization?
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007655 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007656 n = FALSE;
7657 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
7658 {
7659 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(l, &col);
7660 l = ml_get_curline();
7661 }
7662 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007663 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007664 /* XXX */
7665 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7666 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007667 break;
7668 }
7669
7670 /*
7671 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7672 */
7673 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7674 continue;
7675
7676 if (cin_nocode(l))
7677 continue;
7678
7679 /*
7680 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
7681 * indentation:
7682 * int foo,
7683 * bar;
7684 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
7685 * enum foobar
7686 * {
7687 * ...
7688 * } foo,
7689 * bar;
7690 */
7691 n = 0;
7692 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7693 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
7694 {
7695 /* take us back to opening paren */
7696 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7697 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7698 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7699 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7700
7701 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
7702 * back to the first line with a backslash:
7703 * char *foo = "bla\
7704 * bla",
7705 * here;
7706 */
7707 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7708 {
7709 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7710 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7711 break;
7712 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7713 }
7714
7715 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7716
7717 if (amount == 0)
7718 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7719 if (amount == 0)
7720 amount = ind_continuation;
7721 break;
7722 }
7723
7724 /*
7725 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
7726 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
7727 */
7728 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
7729 break;
7730 l = ml_get_curline();
7731
7732 /*
7733 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
7734 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
7735 */
7736 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
7737 break;
7738
7739 /* (matching {)
7740 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
7741 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
7742 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
7743 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
7744 */
7745 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
7746 break;
7747
7748 /*
7749 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
7750 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
7751 * parameters.
7752 */
7753 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7754 {
7755 amount = ind_param;
7756 break;
7757 }
7758
7759 /*
7760 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
7761 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
7762 * int foo,
7763 * bar;
7764 * indent_to_0 here;
7765 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007766 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007767 {
7768 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7769 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7770 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
7771 break;
7772 l = ml_get_curline();
7773 }
7774
7775 /*
7776 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
7777 * use the indent of this line.
7778 *
7779 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7780 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7781 */
7782 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7783
7784 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7785 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7786 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7787 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7788 break;
7789 }
7790
7791 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7792 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7793 amount += ind_comment;
7794
7795 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
7796 * "asdfasdf\
7797 * here";
7798 * char *foo = "asdf\
7799 * here";
7800 */
7801 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
7802 {
7803 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7804 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7805 {
7806 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7807 if (cur_amount > 0)
7808 amount = cur_amount;
7809 else if (cur_amount == 0)
7810 amount += ind_continuation;
7811 }
7812 }
7813 }
7814 }
7815
7816theend:
7817 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
7818 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7819
7820 vim_free(linecopy);
7821
7822 if (amount < 0)
7823 return 0;
7824 return amount;
7825}
7826
7827 static int
7828find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
7829 int lookfor;
7830 linenr_T ourscope;
7831 int ind_maxparen;
7832 int ind_maxcomment;
7833{
7834 char_u *look;
7835 pos_T *theirscope;
7836 char_u *mightbeif;
7837 int elselevel;
7838 int whilelevel;
7839
7840 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
7841 {
7842 elselevel = 1;
7843 whilelevel = 0;
7844 }
7845 else
7846 {
7847 elselevel = 0;
7848 whilelevel = 1;
7849 }
7850
7851 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7852
7853 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
7854 {
7855 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7856 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7857
7858 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7859 if (cin_iselse(look)
7860 || cin_isif(look)
7861 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
7862 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
7863 {
7864 /*
7865 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
7866 * we must be out of scope...
7867 */
7868 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
7869 if (theirscope == NULL)
7870 break;
7871
7872 /*
7873 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
7874 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
7875 * out of luck too.
7876 */
7877 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
7878 break;
7879
7880 /*
7881 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
7882 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
7883 * different scope...
7884 */
7885 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
7886 continue;
7887
7888 /*
7889 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
7890 * then we need to go back to another if, so
7891 * increment elselevel
7892 */
7893 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7894 if (cin_iselse(look))
7895 {
7896 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
7897 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
7898 ++elselevel;
7899 continue;
7900 }
7901
7902 /*
7903 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
7904 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
7905 */
7906 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
7907 {
7908 ++whilelevel;
7909 continue;
7910 }
7911
7912 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
7913 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7914 if (cin_isif(look))
7915 {
7916 elselevel--;
7917 /*
7918 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
7919 * get in the way.
7920 */
7921 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
7922 whilelevel = 0;
7923 }
7924
7925 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
7926 if (cin_isdo(look))
7927 whilelevel--;
7928
7929 /*
7930 * if we've used up all the elses, then
7931 * this must be the if that we want!
7932 * match the indent level of that if.
7933 */
7934 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
7935 {
7936 return OK;
7937 }
7938 }
7939 }
7940 return FAIL;
7941}
7942
7943# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
7944/*
7945 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
7946 */
7947 int
7948get_expr_indent()
7949{
7950 int indent;
7951 pos_T pos;
7952 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00007953 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
7954 OPT_LOCAL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007955
7956 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
7957 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00007958 if (use_sandbox)
7959 ++sandbox;
7960 ++textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007961 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00007962 if (use_sandbox)
7963 --sandbox;
7964 --textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007965
7966 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
7967 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
7968 * command. */
7969 save_State = State;
7970 State = INSERT;
7971 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
7972 check_cursor();
7973 State = save_State;
7974
7975 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
7976 if (indent < 0)
7977 indent = get_indent();
7978
7979 return indent;
7980}
7981# endif
7982
7983#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
7984
7985#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
7986
7987static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
7988
7989 static int
7990lisp_match(p)
7991 char_u *p;
7992{
7993 char_u buf[LSIZE];
7994 int len;
7995 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
7996
7997 while (*word != NUL)
7998 {
7999 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
8000 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
8001 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
8002 return TRUE;
8003 }
8004 return FALSE;
8005}
8006
8007/*
8008 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
8009 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
8010 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
8011 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
8012 *
8013 * TODO:
8014 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
8015 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
8016 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
8017 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
8018 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
8019 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008020 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
8021 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008022 */
8023 int
8024get_lisp_indent()
8025{
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008026 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008027 int amount;
8028 char_u *that;
8029 colnr_T col;
8030 colnr_T firsttry;
8031 int parencount, quotecount;
8032 int vi_lisp;
8033
8034 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
8035 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
8036
8037 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8038 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8039
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008040 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
8041 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8042 else
8043 {
8044 paren = *pos;
8045 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8046 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
8047 pos = &paren;
8048 }
8049 if (pos != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008050 {
8051 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
8052 * line that is at the same () level. */
8053 amount = -1;
8054 parencount = 0;
8055
8056 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
8057 {
8058 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8059 continue;
8060 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
8061 {
8062 if (*that == ';')
8063 {
8064 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8065 ++that;
8066 continue;
8067 }
8068 if (*that == '\\')
8069 {
8070 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8071 ++that;
8072 continue;
8073 }
8074 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
8075 {
Bram Moolenaar15ff6c12006-09-15 18:18:09 +00008076 while (*++that && *that != '"')
8077 {
8078 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */
8079 if (*that == '\\')
8080 {
8081 if (*++that == NUL)
8082 break;
8083 if (that[1] == NUL)
8084 {
8085 ++that;
8086 break;
8087 }
8088 }
8089 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008090 }
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008091 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008092 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008093 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008094 --parencount;
8095 }
8096 if (parencount == 0)
8097 {
8098 amount = get_indent();
8099 break;
8100 }
8101 }
8102
8103 if (amount == -1)
8104 {
8105 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
8106 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
8107 col = pos->col;
8108
8109 that = ml_get_curline();
8110
8111 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
8112 amount = 2;
8113 else
8114 {
8115 amount = 0;
8116 while (*that && col)
8117 {
8118 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
8119 col--;
8120 }
8121
8122 /*
8123 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
8124 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
8125 *
8126 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
8127 * (...)) of (...))
8128 */
8129
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008130 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8131 && lisp_match(that + 1))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008132 amount += 2;
8133 else
8134 {
8135 that++;
8136 amount++;
8137 firsttry = amount;
8138
8139 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8140 {
8141 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8142 ++that;
8143 }
8144
8145 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
8146 {
8147 /* test *that != '(' to accomodate first let/do
8148 * argument if it is more than one line */
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008149 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008150 firsttry++;
8151
8152 parencount = 0;
8153 quotecount = 0;
8154
8155 if (vi_lisp
8156 || (*that != '"'
8157 && *that != '\''
8158 && *that != '#'
8159 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
8160 {
8161 while (*that
8162 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
8163 || quotecount
8164 || parencount)
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008165 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008166 && !quotecount
8167 && !parencount
8168 && vi_lisp)))
8169 {
8170 if (*that == '"')
8171 quotecount = !quotecount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008172 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8173 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008174 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008175 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
8176 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008177 --parencount;
8178 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
8179 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8180 (colnr_T)amount);
8181 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8182 (colnr_T)amount);
8183 }
8184 }
8185 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8186 {
8187 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8188 that++;
8189 }
8190 if (!*that || *that == ';')
8191 amount = firsttry;
8192 }
8193 }
8194 }
8195 }
8196 }
8197 else
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008198 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008199
8200 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
8201
8202 return amount;
8203}
8204#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
8205
8206 void
8207prepare_to_exit()
8208{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008209#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
8210 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
8211 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
8212 * problems. */
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00008213 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
8214#endif
8215
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008216#ifdef FEAT_GUI
8217 if (gui.in_use)
8218 {
8219 gui.dying = TRUE;
8220 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
8221 }
8222 else
8223#endif
8224 {
8225 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
8226
8227 /*
8228 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
8229 * screen (if there are two screens).
8230 */
8231 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
8232#ifdef WIN3264
8233 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
8234#endif
8235 stoptermcap();
8236 out_flush();
8237 }
8238}
8239
8240/*
8241 * Preserve files and exit.
8242 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
8243 */
8244 void
8245preserve_exit()
8246{
8247 buf_T *buf;
8248
8249 prepare_to_exit();
8250
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00008251 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
8252 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
8253 really_exiting = TRUE;
8254
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008255 out_str(IObuff);
8256 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8257 out_flush();
8258
8259 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
8260
8261 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
8262 {
8263 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
8264 {
8265 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
8266 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8267 out_flush();
8268 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
8269 break;
8270 }
8271 }
8272
8273 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
8274
8275 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
8276
8277 getout(1);
8278}
8279
8280/*
8281 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
8282 */
8283 int
8284vim_fexists(fname)
8285 char_u *fname;
8286{
8287 struct stat st;
8288
8289 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
8290 return FALSE;
8291 return TRUE;
8292}
8293
8294/*
8295 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
8296 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
8297 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
8298 * time, because it can be a system call.
8299 */
8300
8301#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
8302# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
8303# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
8304# else
8305# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
8306# endif
8307#endif
8308
8309static int breakcheck_count = 0;
8310
8311 void
8312line_breakcheck()
8313{
8314 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
8315 {
8316 breakcheck_count = 0;
8317 ui_breakcheck();
8318 }
8319}
8320
8321/*
8322 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
8323 */
8324 void
8325fast_breakcheck()
8326{
8327 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
8328 {
8329 breakcheck_count = 0;
8330 ui_breakcheck();
8331 }
8332}
8333
8334/*
8335 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
8336 * 'wildignore'.
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00008337 * Returns OK or FAIL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008338 */
8339 int
8340expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8341 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8342 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8343 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8344 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8345 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8346{
8347 int retval;
8348 int i, j;
8349 char_u *p;
8350 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
8351
8352 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8353
8354 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
8355 if (flags & EW_KEEPALL)
8356 return retval;
8357
8358#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
8359 /*
8360 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
8361 */
8362 if (*p_wig)
8363 {
8364 char_u *ffname;
8365
8366 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
8367 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8368 {
8369 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
8370 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
8371 break;
8372# ifdef VMS
8373 vms_remove_version(ffname);
8374# endif
8375 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
8376 {
8377 /* remove this matching file from the list */
8378 vim_free((*file)[i]);
8379 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
8380 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
8381 --*num_file;
8382 --i;
8383 }
8384 vim_free(ffname);
8385 }
8386 }
8387#endif
8388
8389 /*
8390 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
8391 */
8392 if (*num_file > 1)
8393 {
8394 non_suf_match = 0;
8395 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8396 {
8397 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
8398 {
8399 /*
8400 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
8401 * of the list.
8402 */
8403 p = (*file)[i];
8404 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
8405 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
8406 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
8407 }
8408 }
8409 }
8410
8411 return retval;
8412}
8413
8414/*
8415 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
8416 */
8417 int
8418match_suffix(fname)
8419 char_u *fname;
8420{
8421 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
8422 char_u *setsuf;
8423#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
8424 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
8425
8426 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
8427 setsuflen = 0;
8428 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
8429 {
8430 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
8431 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
8432 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
8433 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
8434 break;
8435 setsuflen = 0;
8436 }
8437 return (setsuflen != 0);
8438}
8439
8440#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
8441
8442# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8443static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
8444static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
8445# endif
8446
8447# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
8448/*
8449 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
8450 * it's shared between these systems.
8451 */
8452# if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
8453# define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
8454# else
8455# ifdef __BORLANDC__
8456# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
8457# endif
8458# endif
8459
8460/*
8461 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
8462 */
8463 static int _cdecl
8464pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
8465{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008466 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008467}
8468
8469# ifndef WIN3264
8470 static void
8471namelowcpy(
8472 char_u *d,
8473 char_u *s)
8474{
8475# ifdef DJGPP
8476 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
8477 while (*s)
8478 *d++ = *s++;
8479 else
8480# endif
8481 while (*s)
8482 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
8483 *d = NUL;
8484}
8485# endif
8486
8487/*
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008488 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8489 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008490 * Return the number of matches found.
8491 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8492 * at "path[wildoff]".
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008493 * Return the number of matches found.
8494 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008495 */
8496 static int
8497dos_expandpath(
8498 garray_T *gap,
8499 char_u *path,
8500 int wildoff,
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008501 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
8502 int didstar) /* expaneded "**" once already */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008503{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008504 char_u *buf;
8505 char_u *path_end;
8506 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8507 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8508 char_u *pat;
8509 regmatch_T regmatch;
8510 int starts_with_dot;
8511 int matches;
8512 int len;
8513 int starstar = FALSE;
8514 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008515#ifdef WIN3264
8516 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
8517 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
8518# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8519 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
8520 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
8521# endif
8522#else
8523 struct ffblk fb;
8524#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008525 char_u *matchname;
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008526 int ok;
8527
8528 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8529 if (stardepth > 0)
8530 {
8531 ui_breakcheck();
8532 if (got_int)
8533 return 0;
8534 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008535
8536 /* make room for file name */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008537 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008538 if (buf == NULL)
8539 return 0;
8540
8541 /*
8542 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
8543 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
8544 */
8545 p = buf;
8546 s = buf;
8547 e = NULL;
8548 path_end = path;
8549 while (*path_end != NUL)
8550 {
8551 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8552 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8553 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8554 *p++ = *path_end++;
8555 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
8556 {
8557 if (e != NULL)
8558 break;
8559 s = p + 1;
8560 }
8561 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8562 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
8563 e = p;
8564#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8565 if (has_mbyte)
8566 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008567 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008568 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8569 p += len;
8570 path_end += len;
8571 }
8572 else
8573#endif
8574 *p++ = *path_end++;
8575 }
8576 e = p;
8577 *e = NUL;
8578
8579 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
8580 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8581 * component. */
8582 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8583 if (rem_backslash(p))
8584 {
8585 STRCPY(p, p + 1);
8586 --e;
8587 --s;
8588 }
8589
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008590 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8591 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8592 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8593 starstar = TRUE;
8594
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008595 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8596 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8597 if (pat == NULL)
8598 {
8599 vim_free(buf);
8600 return 0;
8601 }
8602
8603 /* compile the regexp into a program */
8604 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
8605 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8606 vim_free(pat);
8607
8608 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8609 {
8610 vim_free(buf);
8611 return 0;
8612 }
8613
8614 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
8615 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
8616
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008617 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8618 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8619 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8620 && *path_end == '/')
8621 {
8622 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8623 ++stardepth;
8624 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8625 --stardepth;
8626 }
8627
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008628 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
8629 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
8630#ifdef WIN3264
8631# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8632 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
8633 {
8634 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
8635 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
8636 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
8637 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
8638 if (wn != NULL)
8639 {
8640 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8641 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
8642 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
8643 {
8644 vim_free(wn);
8645 wn = NULL;
8646 }
8647 }
8648 }
8649
8650 if (wn == NULL)
8651# endif
8652 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8653 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8654#else
8655 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
8656 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8657 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8658#endif
8659
8660 while (ok)
8661 {
8662#ifdef WIN3264
8663# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8664 if (wn != NULL)
8665 p = ucs2_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
8666 else
8667# endif
8668 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
8669#else
8670 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
8671#endif
8672 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
8673 * all entries found with "matchname". */
8674 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8675 && (matchname == NULL
8676 || vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, (colnr_T)0)))
8677 {
8678#ifdef WIN3264
8679 STRCPY(s, p);
8680#else
8681 namelowcpy(s, p);
8682#endif
8683 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008684
8685 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8686 {
8687 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8688 * find matches. */
8689 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8690 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8691 ++stardepth;
8692 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8693 --stardepth;
8694 }
8695
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008696 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8697 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
8698 {
8699 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8700 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008701 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008702 }
8703 else
8704 {
8705 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8706 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8707 if (*path_end != 0)
8708 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8709 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8710 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8711 }
8712 }
8713
8714#ifdef WIN3264
8715# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8716 if (wn != NULL)
8717 {
8718 vim_free(p);
8719 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
8720 }
8721 else
8722# endif
8723 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
8724#else
8725 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
8726#endif
8727
8728 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
8729 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
8730 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
8731 {
8732 STRCPY(s, matchname);
8733#ifdef WIN3264
8734 FindClose(hFind);
8735# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8736 if (wn != NULL)
8737 {
8738 vim_free(wn);
8739 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
8740 if (wn != NULL)
8741 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8742 }
8743 if (wn == NULL)
8744# endif
8745 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8746 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8747#else
8748 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8749 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8750#endif
8751 vim_free(matchname);
8752 matchname = NULL;
8753 }
8754 }
8755
8756#ifdef WIN3264
8757 FindClose(hFind);
8758# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8759 vim_free(wn);
8760# endif
8761#endif
8762 vim_free(buf);
8763 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
8764 vim_free(matchname);
8765
8766 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
8767 if (matches > 0)
8768 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
8769 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
8770 return matches;
8771}
8772
8773 int
8774mch_expandpath(
8775 garray_T *gap,
8776 char_u *path,
8777 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
8778{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008779 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008780}
8781# endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
8782
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008783#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
8784 || defined(PROTO)
8785/*
8786 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
8787 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
8788 */
8789static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
8790
8791 static int
8792pstrcmp(a, b)
8793 const void *a, *b;
8794{
8795 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
8796}
8797
8798/*
8799 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8800 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
8801 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8802 * at "path + wildoff".
8803 * Return the number of matches found.
8804 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
8805 */
8806 int
8807unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
8808 garray_T *gap;
8809 char_u *path;
8810 int wildoff;
8811 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
8812 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
8813{
8814 char_u *buf;
8815 char_u *path_end;
8816 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8817 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8818 char_u *pat;
8819 regmatch_T regmatch;
8820 int starts_with_dot;
8821 int matches;
8822 int len;
8823 int starstar = FALSE;
8824 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
8825
8826 DIR *dirp;
8827 struct dirent *dp;
8828
8829 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8830 if (stardepth > 0)
8831 {
8832 ui_breakcheck();
8833 if (got_int)
8834 return 0;
8835 }
8836
8837 /* make room for file name */
8838 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
8839 if (buf == NULL)
8840 return 0;
8841
8842 /*
8843 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
8844 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
8845 */
8846 p = buf;
8847 s = buf;
8848 e = NULL;
8849 path_end = path;
8850 while (*path_end != NUL)
8851 {
8852 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8853 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8854 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8855 *p++ = *path_end++;
8856 else if (*path_end == '/')
8857 {
8858 if (e != NULL)
8859 break;
8860 s = p + 1;
8861 }
8862 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8863 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
8864 e = p;
8865#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8866 if (has_mbyte)
8867 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008868 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008869 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8870 p += len;
8871 path_end += len;
8872 }
8873 else
8874#endif
8875 *p++ = *path_end++;
8876 }
8877 e = p;
8878 *e = NUL;
8879
8880 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
8881 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8882 * component. */
8883 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8884 if (rem_backslash(p))
8885 {
8886 STRCPY(p, p + 1);
8887 --e;
8888 --s;
8889 }
8890
8891 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8892 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8893 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8894 starstar = TRUE;
8895
8896 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
8897 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8898 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8899 if (pat == NULL)
8900 {
8901 vim_free(buf);
8902 return 0;
8903 }
8904
8905 /* compile the regexp into a program */
Bram Moolenaarcc016f52005-12-10 20:23:46 +00008906#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008907 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
8908#else
8909 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ever ignore case */
8910#endif
8911 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8912 vim_free(pat);
8913
8914 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8915 {
8916 vim_free(buf);
8917 return 0;
8918 }
8919
8920 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8921 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8922 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8923 && *path_end == '/')
8924 {
8925 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8926 ++stardepth;
8927 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8928 --stardepth;
8929 }
8930
8931 /* open the directory for scanning */
8932 *s = NUL;
8933 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
8934
8935 /* Find all matching entries */
8936 if (dirp != NULL)
8937 {
8938 for (;;)
8939 {
8940 dp = readdir(dirp);
8941 if (dp == NULL)
8942 break;
8943 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8944 && vim_regexec(&regmatch, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
8945 {
8946 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
8947 len = STRLEN(buf);
8948
8949 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8950 {
8951 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8952 * find matches. */
8953 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8954 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8955 ++stardepth;
8956 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8957 --stardepth;
8958 }
8959
8960 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8961 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
8962 {
8963 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8964 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8965 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
8966 }
8967 else
8968 {
8969 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8970 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8971 if (*path_end != NUL)
8972 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8973 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8974 {
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00008975#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008976 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
8977 char_u *precomp_buf =
8978 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00008979
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008980 if (precomp_buf)
8981 {
8982 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
8983 vim_free(precomp_buf);
8984 }
8985#endif
8986 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8987 }
8988 }
8989 }
8990 }
8991
8992 closedir(dirp);
8993 }
8994
8995 vim_free(buf);
8996 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
8997
8998 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
8999 if (matches > 0)
9000 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
9001 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9002 return matches;
9003}
9004#endif
9005
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009006/*
9007 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
9008 *
9009 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
9010 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
9011 *
9012 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
9013 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
9014 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
9015 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
9016 */
9017 int
9018gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
9019 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
9020 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
9021 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
9022 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
9023 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9024{
9025 int i;
9026 garray_T ga;
9027 char_u *p;
9028 static int recursive = FALSE;
9029 int add_pat;
9030
9031 /*
9032 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
9033 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
9034 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
9035 * return FAIL.
9036 */
9037 if (recursive)
9038#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9039 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9040#else
9041 return FAIL;
9042#endif
9043
9044#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9045 /*
9046 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
9047 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
9048 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
9049 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
9050 */
9051 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
9052 {
9053 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
9054# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9055 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
9056# endif
9057 )
9058 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9059 }
9060#endif
9061
9062 recursive = TRUE;
9063
9064 /*
9065 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
9066 */
9067 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
9068
9069 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
9070 {
9071 add_pat = -1;
9072 p = pat[i];
9073
9074#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9075 if (vim_backtick(p))
9076 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
9077 else
9078#endif
9079 {
9080 /*
9081 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
9082 */
9083 if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
9084 {
9085 p = expand_env_save(p);
9086 if (p == NULL)
9087 p = pat[i];
9088#ifdef UNIX
9089 /*
9090 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
9091 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
9092 * found file names and start all over again.
9093 */
9094 else if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
9095 {
9096 vim_free(p);
9097 ga_clear(&ga);
9098 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
9099 flags);
9100 recursive = FALSE;
9101 return i;
9102 }
9103#endif
9104 }
9105
9106 /*
9107 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
9108 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
9109 * the pattern.
9110 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
9111 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
9112 */
9113 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
9114 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
9115 }
9116
9117 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
9118 {
9119 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
9120
9121#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
9122 slash_to_colon(t);
9123#endif
9124 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
9125 * "vim c:/" work. */
9126 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
9127 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
9128 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
9129 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
9130 vim_free(t);
9131 }
9132
9133 if (p != pat[i])
9134 vim_free(p);
9135 }
9136
9137 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
9138 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
9139
9140 recursive = FALSE;
9141
9142 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
9143}
9144
9145# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9146
9147/*
9148 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
9149 */
9150 static int
9151vim_backtick(p)
9152 char_u *p;
9153{
9154 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
9155}
9156
9157/*
9158 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
9159 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
9160 * Returns number of file names found.
9161 */
9162 static int
9163expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
9164 garray_T *gap;
9165 char_u *pat;
9166 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9167{
9168 char_u *p;
9169 char_u *cmd;
9170 char_u *buffer;
9171 int cnt = 0;
9172 int i;
9173
9174 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
9175 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
9176 if (cmd == NULL)
9177 return 0;
9178
9179#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
9180 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00009181 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009182 else
9183#endif
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009184 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
9185 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009186 vim_free(cmd);
9187 if (buffer == NULL)
9188 return 0;
9189
9190 cmd = buffer;
9191 while (*cmd != NUL)
9192 {
9193 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
9194 p = cmd;
9195 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
9196 ++p;
9197 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
9198 if (p > cmd)
9199 {
9200 i = *p;
9201 *p = NUL;
9202 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
9203 *p = i;
9204 ++cnt;
9205 }
9206 cmd = p;
9207 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
9208 ++cmd;
9209 }
9210
9211 vim_free(buffer);
9212 return cnt;
9213}
9214# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
9215
9216/*
9217 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
9218 * EW_DIR add directories
9219 * EW_FILE add files
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009220 * EW_EXEC add executable files
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009221 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
9222 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
9223 */
9224 void
9225addfile(gap, f, flags)
9226 garray_T *gap;
9227 char_u *f; /* filename */
9228 int flags;
9229{
9230 char_u *p;
9231 int isdir;
9232
9233 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
9234 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
9235 return;
9236
9237#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
9238 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
9239 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
9240 return;
9241#endif
9242
9243 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
9244 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
9245 return;
9246
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009247 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
9248 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
9249 return;
9250
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009251 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
9252 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9253 return;
9254
9255 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
9256 if (p == NULL)
9257 return;
9258
9259 STRCPY(p, f);
9260#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
9261 slash_adjust(p);
9262#endif
9263 /*
9264 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
9265 */
9266#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
9267 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
9268 add_pathsep(p);
9269#endif
9270 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009271}
9272#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
9273
9274#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
9275
9276#ifndef SEEK_SET
9277# define SEEK_SET 0
9278#endif
9279#ifndef SEEK_END
9280# define SEEK_END 2
9281#endif
9282
9283/*
9284 * Get the stdout of an external command.
9285 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
9286 */
9287 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009288get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009289 char_u *cmd;
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009290 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009291 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
9292{
9293 char_u *tempname;
9294 char_u *command;
9295 char_u *buffer = NULL;
9296 int len;
9297 int i = 0;
9298 FILE *fd;
9299
9300 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
9301 return NULL;
9302
9303 /* get a name for the temp file */
9304 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
9305 {
9306 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
9307 return NULL;
9308 }
9309
9310 /* Add the redirection stuff */
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009311 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009312 if (command == NULL)
9313 goto done;
9314
9315 /*
9316 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
9317 * Don't check timestamps here.
9318 */
9319 ++no_check_timestamps;
9320 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
9321 --no_check_timestamps;
9322
9323 vim_free(command);
9324
9325 /*
9326 * read the names from the file into memory
9327 */
9328# ifdef VMS
9329 /* created temporary file is not allways readable as binary */
9330 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
9331# else
9332 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
9333# endif
9334
9335 if (fd == NULL)
9336 {
9337 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
9338 goto done;
9339 }
9340
9341 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
9342 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
9343 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
9344
9345 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
9346 if (buffer != NULL)
9347 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
9348 fclose(fd);
9349 mch_remove(tempname);
9350 if (buffer == NULL)
9351 goto done;
9352#ifdef VMS
9353 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
9354#endif
9355 if (i != len)
9356 {
9357 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
9358 vim_free(buffer);
9359 buffer = NULL;
9360 }
9361 else
9362 buffer[len] = '\0'; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
9363
9364done:
9365 vim_free(tempname);
9366 return buffer;
9367}
9368#endif
9369
9370/*
9371 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
9372 * functions.
9373 */
9374 void
9375FreeWild(count, files)
9376 int count;
9377 char_u **files;
9378{
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00009379 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009380 return;
9381#if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
9382 /*
9383 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
9384 * been used???
9385 */
9386 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
9387#else
9388 while (count--)
9389 vim_free(files[count]);
9390 vim_free(files);
9391#endif
9392}
9393
9394/*
9395 * return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
9396 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
9397 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
9398 */
9399 int
9400goto_im()
9401{
9402 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
9403}